The fall-through to the MVM case is intended as we have to do
*something* to continue, and can't easily clean up. So we'll
just fail in mvm later, if this does happen.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If we use the iwl_pcie_gen2_set_tb() return value for BIT(),
we should validate that it's not going to be negative, so do
the check and bail out if we hit an error. We shouldn't, as
we check if it'll fit beforehand, but better be safe.
Fixes: ab6c644539 ("iwlwifi: pcie: copy TX functions to new transport")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
With NICs that don't read the NVM directly and instead rely on getting
the relevant data from the firmware, the number of reserved MAC
addresses was not added to the API. This caused the driver to assume
there is only one address which results in all interfaces getting the
same address. Update the API to fix this.
While at it, fix-up the comments with firmware api names to actually
match what we have in the firmware.
Fixes: e9e1ba3dbf ("iwlwifi: mvm: support getting nvm data from firmware")
Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Trigger dump collection if the alive flow fails, regardless of the
reason.
Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If all free RB queues are empty, the driver will never restock the
free RB queue. That's because the restocking happens in the Rx flow,
and if the free queue is empty there will be no Rx.
Although there's a background worker (a.k.a. allocator) allocating
memory for RBs so that the Rx handler can restock them, the worker may
run only after the free queue has become empty (and then it is too
late for restocking as explained above).
There is a solution for that called 'emergency': If the number of used
RB's reaches half the amount of all RB's, the Rx handler will not wait
for the allocator but immediately allocate memory for the used RB's
and restock the free queue.
But, since the used RB's is per queue, it may happen that the used
RB's are spread between the queues such that the emergency check will
fail for each of the queues
(and still run out of RBs, causing the above symptom).
To fix it, move to emergency mode if the sum of *all* used RBs (for
all Rx queues) reaches half the amount of all RB's
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In mac80211, the default remains for HT, so set the limit to
HE for our driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
For SU/SU-ER/MU PPDUs we have spatial reuse.
For those where it's relevant we also know the pre-FEC
padding factor, PE disambiguity bit, beam change bit
and doppler bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add information about the LDCP extra symbol segment to the HE
data when applicable (not for trigger-based PPDUs).
While at it, clean up the code for UL/DL a bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
This code gets shorter if it doesn't have to check all the
conditions, so move it to an appropriate place that has all
of them validated already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Split the code out into a separate routine, and move that to be
called inside the previously introduced iwl_mvm_decode_he_phy_data()
function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Pull some of the decoding of he_phy_data into a separate function so
we don't need to check over and over again if it's valid.
While at it, fix the UL/DL bit reporting to be for all but trigger-
based frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
As detected by Luca during code review when I move this in the
next patch, the code here is putting the data into the wrong
field (flags1 instead of flags2). Fix that.
Fixes: e5721e3f77 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add radiotap data for HE")
Reported-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Remove a stray empty line, unbreak some lines that aren't
really that long, and move on variable setting into the
initializer to avoid initializing it twice.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
This is equivalent to checking he_phy_data != HE_PHY_DATA_INVAL,
which is already done in a number of places, so remove the extra
'overload' variable entirely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Fix a bug that happens in the following scenario:
1) suspend without WoWLAN
2) mac80211 calls drv_stop because of the suspend
3) __iwl_mvm_mac_stop deallocates the aux station
4) during drv_stop the firmware crashes
5) iwlmvm:
* sets IWL_MVM_STATUS_HW_RESTART_REQUESTED
* asks mac80211 to kick the restart flow
6) mac80211 puts the restart worker into a freezable
queue which means that the worker will not run for now
since the workqueue is already frozen
7) ...
8) resume
9) mac80211 runs ieee80211_reconfig as part of the resume
10) mac80211 detects that a restart flow has been requested
and that we are now resuming from suspend and cancels
the restart worker
11) mac80211 calls drv_start()
12) __iwl_mvm_mac_start checks that IWL_MVM_STATUS_HW_RESTART_REQUESTED
clears it, sets IWL_MVM_STATUS_IN_HW_RESTART and calls
iwl_mvm_restart_cleanup()
13) iwl_fw_error_dump gets called and accesses the device
to get debug data
14) iwl_mvm_up adds the aux station
15) iwl_mvm_add_aux_sta() allocates an internal station for
the aux station
16) iwl_mvm_allocate_int_sta() tests IWL_MVM_STATUS_IN_HW_RESTART
and doesn't really allocate a station ID for the aux
station
17) a new queue is added for the aux station
Note that steps from 5 to 9 aren't really part of the
problem but were described for the sake of completeness.
Once the iwl_mvm_mac_stop() is called, the device is not
accessible, meaning that step 12) can't succeed and we'll
see the following:
drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c:2122 iwl_trans_pcie_grab_nic_access+0xc0/0x1d6 [iwlwifi]()
Timeout waiting for hardware access (CSR_GP_CNTRL 0x080403d8)
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffc03e6ad3>] iwl_trans_pcie_grab_nic_access+0xc0/0x1d6 [iwlwifi]
[<ffffffffc03e6a13>] iwl_trans_pcie_dump_regs+0x3fd/0x3fd [iwlwifi]
[<ffffffffc03dad42>] iwl_fw_error_dump+0x4f5/0xe8b [iwlwifi]
[<ffffffffc04bd43e>] __iwl_mvm_mac_start+0x5a/0x21a [iwlmvm]
[<ffffffffc04bd6d2>] iwl_mvm_mac_start+0xd4/0x103 [iwlmvm]
[<ffffffffc042d378>] drv_start+0xa1/0xc5 [iwl7000_mac80211]
[<ffffffffc045a339>] ieee80211_reconfig+0x145/0xf50 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc044788b>] ieee80211_resume+0x62/0x66 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc0366c5b>] wiphy_resume+0xa9/0xc6 [cfg80211]
The station id of the aux station is set to 0xff in step 3
and because we don't really allocate a new station id for
the auxliary station (as explained in 16), we end up sending
a command to the firmware asking to connect the queue
to station id 0xff. This makes the firmware crash with the
following information:
0x00002093 | ADVANCED_SYSASSERT
0x000002F0 | trm_hw_status0
0x00000000 | trm_hw_status1
0x00000B38 | branchlink2
0x0001978C | interruptlink1
0x00000000 | interruptlink2
0xFF080501 | data1
0xDEADBEEF | data2
0xDEADBEEF | data3
Firmware error during reconfiguration - reprobe!
FW error in SYNC CMD SCD_QUEUE_CFG
Fix this by clearing IWL_MVM_STATUS_HW_RESTART_REQUESTED
in iwl_mvm_mac_stop(). We won't be able to collect debug
data anyway and when we will brought up again, we will
have a clean state from the firmware perspective.
Since we won't have IWL_MVM_STATUS_IN_HW_RESTART set in
step 12) we won't get to the 2093 ASSERT either.
Fixes: bf8b286f86 ("iwlwifi: mvm: defer setting IWL_MVM_STATUS_IN_HW_RESTART")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The triplet of get trigger, is trigger enabled and is trigger stopped
repeats itself. Group them in a function to avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The code that dumps various memory types repeats itself. Move it to a
function to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Allow the FW to reorder HB channels and first scan HB channels with
assumed APs, in order to reduce the scan duration.
Currently enable it for all scan requests types.
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Split iwl_fw_error_dump to two parts. The first part will dump the
actual data, and second will do the file allocations, trans calls and
actual file operations. This is done in order to enable reuse of the
code for the new debug ini infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Add a macro to replace all the conditions checking for valid dump
length. In addition, move the fifo len calculation to a helper
function.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The debug variables are bloating the iwl_fw struct. And the fields
are out of order, missing docs and some are redundant.
Clean this up. This serves as preparation for unionizing it for the
new ini infra.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When reading the profiles from the EWRD table in ACPI, we loop over
the data and set it into our internal table. We use the number of
profiles specified in ACPI without checking its validity, so if the
ACPI table is corrupted and the number is larger than our array size,
we will try to make an out-of-bounds access.
Fix this by making sure the value specified in the ACPI table is
valid.
Fixes: 6996490501 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add support for EWRD (Dynamic SAR) ACPI table")
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
As done treewide earlier, this catches several more open-coded
allocation size calculations that were added to the kernel during the
merge window. This performs the following mechanical transformations
using Coccinelle:
kvmalloc(a * b, ...) -> kvmalloc_array(a, b, ...)
kvzalloc(a * b, ...) -> kvcalloc(a, b, ...)
devm_kzalloc(..., a * b, ...) -> devm_kcalloc(..., a, b, ...)
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
When offloading the L3 and L4 csum computation on TX, we need to extract
the l3_proto from the ethtype, independently of the presence of a vlan
tag.
The actual driver uses skb->protocol as-is, resulting in packets with
the wrong L4 checksum being sent when there's a vlan tag in the packet
header and checksum offloading is enabled.
This commit makes use of vlan_protocol_get() to get the correct ethtype
regardless the presence of a vlan tag.
Fixes: 3f518509de ("ethernet: Add new driver for Marvell Armada 375 network unit")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, the SerDes muxing was hardcoded to a given mode in the MAC
controller driver. Now, the SerDes muxing is configured within the
Device Tree and is enforced in the MAC controller driver so we can have
a lot of different SerDes configurations.
Make use of the SerDes PHYs in the MAC controller to set up the SerDes
according to the SerDes<->switch port mapping and the communication mode
with the Ethernet PHY.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since HSIO address space can be accessed by different drivers, let's
simplify the register address definitions so that it can be easily used
by all drivers and put the register address definition in the
include/soc/mscc/ocelot_hsio.h header file.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since HSIO address space can be used by different drivers (PLL, SerDes
muxing, temperature sensor), let's move it somewhere it can be included
by all drivers.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HSIO address space was moved to a syscon, hence we need to get the
regmap of this address space from there and no more from the device
node.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In revision 0x20, we use vlan id != 0 to check whether a vlan tag
has been offloaded, so vlan id 0 is not supported.
In revision 0x21, rx buffer descriptor adds two bits to indicate
whether one or more vlan tags have been offloaded, so vlan id 0
is valid now.
This patch seperates the handle for vlan id 0, add vlan id 0 support
for revision 0x21.
Fixes: 5b5455a9ed ("net: hns3: Add STRP_TAGP field support for hardware revision 0x21")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In revision 0x21, hw supports both ingress and egress vlan filter.
This patch adds support for it.
Signed-off-by: Zhongzhu Liu <liuzhongzhu@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For mta table support has been dropped, remove the code for mta table.
Signed-off-by: Zhongzhu Liu <liuzhongzhu@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In previously implement for unicast mac vlan table, the space is
shared by all the functions, driver does nothing when the space is
exhausted. This patch preallocates the space of unicast mac vlan
table for each function by software. Each function can only use its
private space and available shared space, avoiding single function
exhausts too much space, and other functions are unable to add
unicast mac address.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In original codes, the mac vlan table entries are not cleared when
unload hns3 driver. The dirty mac vlan table entries will make the
result of looking up mac vlan table being unexpected.
When doing core reset or global reset, the firmware will clear all
the tables for driver, and driver shouldn't send any commands to
firmware during reset. But when doing function reset, the driver
needs to clear the tables itself.
This patch clears the mac vlan table entries for each client when
unload driver or reset.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default mask configuration has been done by firmware, so the driver
doesn't need to do it any more.
Signed-off-by: Zhongzhu Liu <liuzhongzhu@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In yam_ioctl(), the concrete ioctl command is firstly copied from the
user-space buffer 'ifr->ifr_data' to 'ioctl_cmd' and checked through the
following switch statement. If the command is not as expected, an error
code EINVAL is returned. In the following execution the buffer
'ifr->ifr_data' is copied again in the cases of the switch statement to
specific data structures according to what kind of ioctl command is
requested. However, after the second copy, no re-check is enforced on the
newly-copied command. Given that the buffer 'ifr->ifr_data' is in the user
space, a malicious user can race to change the command between the two
copies. This way, the attacker can inject inconsistent data and cause
undefined behavior.
This patch adds a re-check in each case of the switch statement if there is
a second copy in that case, to re-check whether the command obtained in the
second copy is the same as the one in the first copy. If not, an error code
EINVAL will be returned.
Signed-off-by: Wenwen Wang <wang6495@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cxgb_extension_ioctl(), the command of the ioctl is firstly copied from
the user-space buffer 'useraddr' to 'cmd' and checked through the
switch statement. If the command is not as expected, an error code
EOPNOTSUPP is returned. In the following execution, i.e., the cases of the
switch statement, the whole buffer of 'useraddr' is copied again to a
specific data structure, according to what kind of command is requested.
However, after the second copy, there is no re-check on the newly-copied
command. Given that the buffer 'useraddr' is in the user space, a malicious
user can race to change the command between the two copies. By doing so,
the attacker can supply malicious data to the kernel and cause undefined
behavior.
This patch adds a re-check in each case of the switch statement if there is
a second copy in that case, to re-check whether the command obtained in the
second copy is the same as the one in the first copy. If not, an error code
EINVAL is returned.
Signed-off-by: Wenwen Wang <wang6495@umn.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move mt76x02_irq_handler handler in mt76x02_mmio.c in order to be
reused in mt76x0 driver. Move mt76x02_rx_poll_complete routine in
mt76x02-lib module. Moreover remove pci_core.c and mt76x2/trace.{c,h}
since are empty files
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move tx_tasklet management in mt76x02_mmio.c in order to
be reused by mt76x0 driver and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76x02_dev data structure as reference in mt76x02_mmio.c
instead of mt76_dev
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_tx_complete mt76x02-lib module in order to
be reused by mt76x0 drivers for irq unification.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_mac_poll_tx_status in mt76x02_mac.c in order to
be reused by mt76x0 drivers for irq unification.
Moreover introduce mt76x02_trace source file to define mt76x02
trace points
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02u_tx_complete_skb and mt76x02u_remove_dma_hdr since they
are used just by usb code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_tx_prepare_skb routine in mt76x02-lib module in order
to be reused by mt76x0 driver in tx datapath
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_tx_get_txpwr_adj and mt76x02_tx_set_txpwr_auto routines
in mt76x02-lib module since they are shared between mt76x0 and mt76x2
drivers. Moreover remove get_txpwr_adj function pointer
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove following function declarations since they have been moved
to mt76x02-lib module:
- mt76x2_sta_add
- mt76x2_sta_remove
- mt76x2_remove_interface
- mt76x2_conf_tx
- mt76x2_txq_init
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Rename mt76x02_util.h header file in mt76x02.h since now contains
all mt76x02 related definitions and not just utility routines
declarations
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x02_txrx.c source file in order to contain tx/rx shared
routines for mt76x0 and mt76x2 drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_tx shared routine in mt76x02-lib module and remove
duplicated code. Moreover remove mt76x0/tx.c since it is an empty
file
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify rxwi parsing between mt76x2 and mt76x0. Remove the following
routines:
- mt76x0_phy_get_rssi
- mt76x0_queue_rx_skb
- mt76x0_mac_process_rx
Moreover remove mt76x2/common.c and mt76x0/mac.h since are empty files
Enable CCMP PN sw validation
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_mac_process_rx utility routine in mt76x02-lib
in order to by reused by mt76x0 driver for rxwi parsing.
Add stream number check in mt76x02_mac_process_rx since mt76x0
chipsets are 1x1:1
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Merge mt76x0_dev data structure in mt76x02_dev one and remove
duplicated code. Remove unused definition in mt76x0.h.
Moreover merge mt76x0_caldata and mt76x02_rx_freq_cal data structures.
This is a preliminary patch for rxwi unification.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_dev in mt76x02_util.h and rename it in mt76x02_dev
in order to be shared between mt76x2 and mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove hw_atomic_mutex mutex in mt76x0_dev data structure
since mt76x0_phy_set_channel is already protected by mt76_dev
mutex while mt76x0_chip_onoff is used just at device probe or
cleanup
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove no longer used mac_lock spinlock and data array
in mt76x0_dev data structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use shared mt76x02 utility routines for rssi tracking.
Moreover remove no longer used con_mon_lock spinlock
and following variable:
- ap_bssid
- bcn_freq_off
- bcn_phy_mode
- avg_rssi
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_rx_get_sta and mt76x02_rx_get_sta_wcid utility routines in
mt76x02-lib module since it will be used by mt76x0 driver in order to
unify rxwi parsing
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_phy_get_min_avg_rssi in mt76x02-lib module since
it will be used by mt76x0 driver in order to unify rxwi parsing
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76x02u_tx_prepare_skb routine to fill txwi in mt76x2u and
mt76x0u driver and remove duplicated code. Moreover add static
qualifier to mt76x02_mac_tx_rate_val and mt76x02_mac_fill_txwi
routines
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_mac_write_txwi in mt76x02_mac.c since it is shared between
mt76x0 and mt76x2 drivers. This is a preliminary patch to unify txwi
configuration between mt76x0 and mt76x2 drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add get_tx_txpwr_adj function pointer to mt76_driver_ops data structure
as a preliminary patch to unify txwi configuration between mt76x0 and
mt76x2 drivers since tpc is currently supported just by mt76x2 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_tx_get_max_txpwr_adj routine in mt76x02-lib module
since now both mt76x0 and mt76x2 drivers read rate tx power gain from
rate_power data structure. Moreover remove get_max_txpwr_adj function
pointer from mt76_driver_ops data structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Stop mac and calibration work stopping the hw even if the
device has been removed
Fixes: b11e19694d ("mt76x0: add ieee80211_ops ops pointer to
mt76x0_alloc_device signature")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
mt76u_alloc_queues need to be called before mt76u_mcu_init_rx
since it initializes rx_page_lock spinlock used in mt76u_buf_alloc
routine.
Fixes: b11e19694d ("mt76x0: add ieee80211_ops ops pointer to
mt76x0_alloc_device signature")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This is correct fix for c12128ce44 ("mt76: use a per rx queue page
fragment cache"). We use wrong length when we allocate segments for
MCU transmissions, which require bigger segment size than e->buf_size.
Commit 481bb04324 ("mt76: usb: make rx page_frag_cache access atomic")
partially solved the problem or actually mask it by changing
mt76u_mcu_init_rx() and mt76u_alloc_queues() sequence, so e->buf_size
become non zero any longer, but still not big enough to handle MCU data.
Patch fixes memory corruption which can manifest itself as random,
not easy to reproduce crashes, during mt76 driver load or unload.
Fixes: c12128ce44 ("mt76: use a per rx queue page fragment cache")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The header guards that are #defined are different from those being
checked. Fix this by #defining them to the correct name.
Fixes clang warnings:
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt76x02_mcu.h:17:9:
warning: '__MT76x02_MCU_H' is used as a header guard here, followed
by #define of a different macro [-Wheader-guard]
drivers/net/wireless/mediatek/mt76/mt76x02_usb.h:17:9:
warning: '__MT76x02_USB_H' is used as a header guard here, followed
by #define of a different macro [-Wheader-guard]
Fixes: 905db74701 ("mt76: usb: move mt76x02 mcu code in mt76x02-usb module")
Fixes: edaa580bc8 ("mt76: move shared mcu_calibrate routine in mt76x02-lib module")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2 and mt76x2u drivers to mt76x2 subfolder and
leave just shared code in mt76 root folder
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x0e_cleanup routine to tidy up the device
during device removal
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
when 32 bit port capability is in use, use FW_PORT_ACTION_L1_CFG32
rather than FW_PORT_ACTION_L1_CFG.
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation of dump_station cfg80211 callback supports
AP mode only. Add support for STA mode as well: by default in STA
mode this callback is supposed to return AP on managed interface.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Command responses and events from the firmware are copied twice in
control path: at first in shm core (qtnf_shm_handle_new_data) and
then in pcie bus drivers (qtnf_pcie_control_rx_callback). There
is no need to copy this data twice, it can be done only once
in rx callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware supports scan dwell time tuning for various types of scans.
Enable support for this feature:
- advertise capability to configure channel dwell time to host
- pass scan dwell parameters to wireless card in scan request
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Notify firmware to flush cache before scanning when needed.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On disconnect wireless core attempts to remove all the supported keys.
Following cfg80211_ops conventions, firmware returns -ENOENT code
for the out-of-bound key indexes. This is a normal behavior,
so no need to report errors for this case.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Driver retrieves information about supported extended capabilities
from wireless card. However this information is not propagated
further to Linux wireless core. Fix this by setting extended
capabilities fields of wiphy structure.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
SGI should be passed to wireless core as a part of rate structure.
Otherwise wireless core performs incorrect rate calculation when
SGI is enabled in hardware but not reported to host.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Do not cancel scan in disconnect callback. If there is an active scan,
it will be cancelled by firmware, then host driver will be properly
notified by event.
Cancelling scan in disconnect callback occasionally may lead to the
following race issue. Host is able to queue one scan after scan
abort in disconnect callback, and another scan after scan abort
in event handler. As a result, firmware receives second scan
before the first scan completes.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Unify command error handling using qtnf_cmd_resp_result_decode
function. Do not duplicate error messages in command handlers
and cfg80211 callbacks: report 'cmd exec fail' only on control
path internal failure. Remove redundant 'unlikely' macros.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Several members of pwr-MAC structure are re-initialized several times
together with per-VIF initialization. Fix that and simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In case firmware reports that it can not do OBSS scanning for 40MHz
2.4GHz channels itself, tell userpsace to do that instead by setting
NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN flag.
Signed-off-by: Igor mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When cfg80211 disconnect callback is triggered and command is
processed by firmware, disconnect event with local parameter
set must be sent immediately. Indicating that it's a "local"
event (not from AP) will help upper layers to process this
event correctly.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Remove STA connection states tracking from driver.
Leave it wireless core on host and to firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/b43/main.c: In function 'b43_one_core_detach':
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/b43/main.c:5496:17: warning:
variable 'wl' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
After commit 644aa4d620 ("b43: remove list of IEEE 802.11 devices")
'wl' is not used any more.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
lockdep_assert_held() is better suited to checking locking requirements,
since it won't get confused when someone else holds the lock. This is
also a step towards possibly removing spin_is_locked().
Signed-off-by: Lance Roy <ldr709@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>
Cc: Ulrich Kunitz <kune@deine-taler.de>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: <linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Now with wlcore using PM runtime, we can also add support for Linux
generic wakeirq handling for it if configured in the dts file.
The wakeirq can be configured as the second interrupt in the dts file
with interrupts-extended property where it is the padconf irq of the OOB
GPIO pin used for wlcore interrupt.
Note that eventually we should also allow configuring wlcore to use the
SDIO dat1 IRQ for wake-up, and in that case the the wakeirq should be
configured to be the padconf interrupt of the dat1 pin and not the
padconf interrupt of the OOB GPIO pin.
Cc: Eyal Reizer <eyalr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We do not currently clear wl->elp_compl on ELP timeout and we have bogus
lingering pointer that wlcore_irq then will try to access after recovery
is done:
BUG: spinlock bad magic on CPU#1, irq/255-wl12xx/580
...
(spin_dump) from [<c01b9344>] (do_raw_spin_lock+0xc8/0x124)
(do_raw_spin_lock) from [<c09b3970>] (_raw_spin_lock_irqsave+0x68/0x74)
(_raw_spin_lock_irqsave) from [<c01a02f0>] (complete+0x24/0x58)
(complete) from [<bf572610>] (wlcore_irq+0x48/0x17c [wlcore])
(wlcore_irq [wlcore]) from [<c01c5efc>] (irq_thread_fn+0x2c/0x64)
(irq_thread_fn) from [<c01c623c>] (irq_thread+0x148/0x290)
(irq_thread) from [<c016b4b0>] (kthread+0x160/0x17c)
(kthread) from [<c01010b4>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x20)
...
After that the system will hang. Let's fix this by adding a flag for
recovery and moving the recovery work call to to the error handling
section.
And we want to set WL1271_FLAG_INTENDED_FW_RECOVERY and actually clear
it too in wl1271_recovery_work() and just downgrade the error to a
warning to prevent overly verbose output.
Cc: Eyal Reizer <eyalr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The following:
bool efuse_re_pg_sec1flag;
u8 efuse_re_pg_data[8];
are not referenced anywhere in the rtlwifi code.
This patch is originally created by Rick Veens <rickveens92@gmail.com>,
and Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> reminded to apply it to rtlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The driver sends an action frame down and waits for a completion signal
triggered by the received BRCMF_E_ACTION_FRAME_OFF_CHAN_COMPLETE event
to continue the process. However, the action frame could be transmitted
either on the current channel or on an off channel. For the on-channel
case, only BRCMF_E_ACTION_FRAME_COMPLETE event will be received when
the frame is transmitted, which make the driver always wait a full
timeout duration. This patch has the completion signal be triggered by
receiving the BRCMF_E_ACTION_FRAME_COMPLETE event for the on-channel
case.
This change fixes WFA p2p certification 5.1.19 failure.
Signed-off-by: Chung-Hsien Hsu <stanley.hsu@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Chi-Hsien Lin <chi-hsien.lin@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Finding a common channel to send an action frame out is required for
some action types. Since a loop with several scan retry is used to find
the channel, a short wait time could be considered for each attempt.
This patch reduces the wait time from 1500 to 450 msec for each action
frame scan.
This patch fixes the WFA p2p certification 5.1.20 failure caused by the
long action frame send time.
Signed-off-by: Chung-Hsien Hsu <stanley.hsu@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Chi-Hsien Lin <chi-hsien.lin@cypress.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When connecting SFP PHY to phylink use the detected interface.
Otherwise, the link fails to come up when the configured 'phy-mode'
differs from the SFP detected mode.
Move most of phylink_connect_phy() into __phylink_connect_phy(), and
leave phylink_connect_phy() as a wrapper. phylink_sfp_connect_phy() can
now pass the SFP detected PHY interface to __phylink_connect_phy().
This fixes 1GB SFP module link up on eth3 of the Macchiatobin board that
is configured in the DT to "2500base-x" phy-mode.
Fixes: 9525ae8395 ("phylink: add phylink infrastructure")
Suggested-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the be2net implementation of .ndo_tunnel_{add,del}() changes the value of
NETIF_F_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL bit in 'features' and 'hw_features', but it forgets
to call netdev_features_change(). Moreover, ethtool setting for that bit
can potentially be reverted after a tunnel is added or removed.
GSO already does software segmentation when 'hw_enc_features' is 0, even
if VXLAN offload is turned on. In addition, commit 096de2f83e ("benet:
stricter vxlan offloading check in be_features_check") avoids hardware
segmentation of non-VXLAN tunneled packets, or VXLAN packets having wrong
destination port. So, it's safe to avoid flipping the above feature on
addition/deletion of VXLAN tunnels.
Fixes: 630f4b7056 ("be2net: Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c499696e79 ("net: dsa: b53: Stop using dev->cpu_port
incorrectly") was a bit too trigger happy in removing the CPU port from
the VLAN membership because we rely on DSA to program the CPU port VLAN,
which it does, except it does not bother itself with tagged/untagged and
just usese untagged.
Having the CPU port "follow" the user ports tagged/untagged is not great
and does not allow for properly differentiating, so keep the CPU port
tagged in all VLANs.
Reported-by: Gerhard Wiesinger <lists@wiesinger.com>
Fixes: c499696e79 ("net: dsa: b53: Stop using dev->cpu_port incorrectly")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When getting the max rings supported, get the reduced max_irqs
by the ones used by RDMA.
If the number MSIX is the limiting factor, this bug may cause the
max ring count to be higher than it should be when RDMA driver is
loaded and may result in ring allocation failures.
Fixes: 30f529473e ("bnxt_en: Do not modify max IRQ count after RDMA driver requests/frees IRQs.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver probe fails, all the resources that were allocated prior
to the failure must be freed. However, hwrm dma response memory is not
getting freed.
This patch fixes the problem described above.
Fixes: c0c050c58d ("bnxt_en: New Broadcom ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <venkatkumar.duvvuru@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In HWRM_QUEUE_COS2BW_CFG request, enables field should have the bits
set only for the queue ids which are having the valid parameters.
This causes firmware to return error when the TC to hardware CoS queue
mapping is not 1:1 during DCBNL ETS setup.
Fixes: 2e8ef77ee0 ("bnxt_en: Add TC to hardware QoS queue mapping logic.")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The enables bit for VNIC was set wrong when calling the HWRM_FUNC_CFG
firmware call to reserve VNICs. This has the effect that the firmware
will keep a large number of VNICs for the PF, and having very few for
VFs. DPDK driver running on the VFs, which requires more VNICs, may not
work properly as a result.
Fixes: 674f50a5b0 ("bnxt_en: Implement new method to reserve rings.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Michal remaind, we should allow to clear ttl inherit. Then we will
have three states:
1. set the flag, and do ttl inherit.
2. do not set the flag, use configured ttl value, or default ttl (0) if
not set.
3. disable ttl inherit, use previous configured ttl value, or default ttl (0).
Fixes: 52d0d404d3 ("geneve: add ttl inherit support")
CC: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cancel pending work before freeing smsc75xx private data structure
during binding. This fixes the following crash in the driver:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000050
IP: mutex_lock+0x2b/0x3f
<snipped>
Workqueue: events smsc75xx_deferred_multicast_write [smsc75xx]
task: ffff8caa83e85700 task.stack: ffff948b80518000
RIP: 0010:mutex_lock+0x2b/0x3f
<snipped>
Call Trace:
smsc75xx_deferred_multicast_write+0x40/0x1af [smsc75xx]
process_one_work+0x18d/0x2fc
worker_thread+0x1a2/0x269
? pr_cont_work+0x58/0x58
kthread+0xfa/0x10a
? pr_cont_work+0x58/0x58
? rcu_read_unlock_sched_notrace+0x48/0x48
ret_from_fork+0x22/0x40
Signed-off-by: Yu Zhao <yuzhao@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds following driver-specific permanent mode boolean
parameter.
gre_ver_check - Generic Routing Encapsulation(GRE) version check
will be enabled in the device. If disabled, device skips version
checking for GRE packets.
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for following generic permanent mode
devlink parameters. They can be modified using devlink param
commands.
msix_vec_per_pf_max - This param sets the number of MSIX vectors
that the device requests from the host on driver initialization.
This value is set in the device which limits MSIX vectors per PF.
msix_vec_per_pf_min - This param sets the number of minimal MSIX
vectors required for the device initialization. Value 0 indicates
a default value is selected. This value is set in the device which
limits MSIX vectors per PF.
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return proper error code when Firmware returns
HWRM_ERR_CODE_RESOURCE_ACCESS_DENIED for HWRM_NVM_GET/SET_VARIABLE
commands.
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for ignore_ari generic permanent mode
devlink parameter. This parameter is disabled by default. It can be
enabled using devlink param commands.
ignore_ari - If enabled, device ignores ARI(Alternate Routing ID)
capability, even when platforms has the support and creates same number
of partitions when platform does not support ARI capability.
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ll2.c:799:32: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum core_tx_dest' to different
enumeration type 'enum qed_ll2_tx_dest' [-Wenum-conversion]
tx_pkt.tx_dest = p_ll2_conn->tx_dest;
~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~
1 warning generated.
Fix this by using a switch statement to convert between the enumerated
values since they are not 1 to 1, which matches how the rest of the
driver handles this conversion.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/125
Suggested-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 602b74eda8 ("mlxsw: spectrum_switchdev: Do not leak RIFs
when removing bridge") I handled the case where RIFs created for VLAN
devices were not properly cleaned up when their real device (a bridge)
was removed.
However, I forgot to handle the case of the VLAN device itself being
removed. Do so now when the VLAN device is being unlinked from its real
device.
Fixes: 99f44bb352 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Enable L3 interfaces on top of bridge devices")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Artem Shvorin <art@qrator.net>
Tested-by: Artem Shvorin <art@qrator.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to a hardware issue in Spectrum-2, the field event_type of the event
queue element (EQE) has become reserved. It was used to distinguish between
command interface completion events and completion events.
Use queue number to determine event type, as command interface completion
events are always received on EQ0 and mlxsw driver maps completion events
to EQ1.
Fixes: c3ab435466 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Extend to support Spectrum-2 ASIC")
Signed-off-by: Nir Dotan <nird@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5 core driver and ethernet netdev updates, please note there is a small
devlink releated update to allow extack argument to eswitch operations.
From Eli Britstein,
1) devlink: Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations
2) net/mlx5e: E-Switch, return extack messages for failures in the e-switch devlink callbacks
3) net/mlx5e: Add extack messages for TC offload failures
From Eran Ben Elisha,
4) mlx5e: Add counter for aRFS rule insertion failures
From Feras Daoud
5) Fast teardown support for mlx5 device
This change introduces the enhanced version of the "Force teardown" that
allows SW to perform teardown in a faster way without the need to reclaim
all the FW pages.
Fast teardown provides the following advantages:
1- Fix a FW race condition that could cause command timeout
2- Avoid moving to polling mode
3- Close the vport to prevent PCI ACK to be sent without been scatter
to memory
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbtU45AAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+/C4H/RHA4KImrb476EdB3VNYMqAN
dgXb+bmh6sZP+jHWqQ4c3aVeh6/T8qm4gwiSn2nVTtHEnxtCdIYljzDC1Nswczeg
pSjD1eOP7M1LpAOmBb8xdnJcX7yM7r1bTklnp2sN853WShbsDRYgZBHsBwTzx25U
ZdzL4QTLuohlG/aLrbGXMntIy45ya2fVQrnK54s18nFlgsdFjEs0mi0xaUKNBC6+
P8CTohHAxuuxmL5b+6MIYLZCdgd8cLNQFdtqbckEVw7SvcRTxfraRlyqJ0YOgTGB
TdSWnqZz2JYH29wSFbpFG8qX6GCv8FoiZ+fKzldbolHk442rrktHv3+Y7qQuZVs=
=NVks
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2018-10-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2018-10-03
mlx5 core driver and ethernet netdev updates, please note there is a small
devlink releated update to allow extack argument to eswitch operations.
From Eli Britstein,
1) devlink: Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations
2) net/mlx5e: E-Switch, return extack messages for failures in the e-switch devlink callbacks
3) net/mlx5e: Add extack messages for TC offload failures
From Eran Ben Elisha,
4) mlx5e: Add counter for aRFS rule insertion failures
From Feras Daoud
5) Fast teardown support for mlx5 device
This change introduces the enhanced version of the "Force teardown" that
allows SW to perform teardown in a faster way without the need to reclaim
all the FW pages.
Fast teardown provides the following advantages:
1- Fix a FW race condition that could cause command timeout
2- Avoid moving to polling mode
3- Close the vport to prevent PCI ACK to be sent without been scatter
to memory
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistakes in dev_dbg warning messages
"Reloade" -> "Reload"
"chang" -> "change"
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stefan Schmidt says:
====================
pull-request: ieee802154-next 2018-10-04
An update from ieee802154 for *net-next*
A very quite cycle in the ieee802154 subsystem. We only have two cleanup
patches for this pull request.
Xue removed the platform_data struct handling from the mcr20a driver and
Alexander cleaned up some left overs in the hwsim driver.
Please pull, or let me know if there are any problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* unify code between mt76x0, mt76x2
* mt76x0 fixes
* tx power configuration fix for 76x2
* more progress on mt76x0e support
* support for getting firmware version via ethtool
* fix for rx buffer allocation regression on usb
* fix for handling powersave responses
* fix for mt76x2 beacon transmission
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG/MacGPG2 v2
Comment: GPGTools - http://gpgtools.org
iEYEABECAAYFAluyBLsACgkQ130UHQKnbvVy7wCeN1zcfGDCAZulOwND9+wO6P7d
/ZEAoKPedreI+0u+DJ5w6H8cZR6THGxb
=MYwe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mt76-for-kvalo-2018-10-01' of https://github.com/nbd168/wireless
mt76 patches for 4.20
* unify code between mt76x0, mt76x2
* mt76x0 fixes
* tx power configuration fix for 76x2
* more progress on mt76x0e support
* support for getting firmware version via ethtool
* fix for rx buffer allocation regression on usb
* fix for handling powersave responses
* fix for mt76x2 beacon transmission
ath.git patches for 4.20. Major changes:
ath10k
* retrieve MAC address from system firmware if provided
* support extended board data download for dual-band QCA9984
* extended per sta tx statistics support via debugfs
* average ack rssi support for data frames
* speed up QCA6174 and QCA9377 firmware download using diag Copy Engine
* HTT High Latency mode support needed by SDIO and USB support
* get STA power save state via debugfs
ath9k
* add reset functionality for airtime station debugfs file
Minor conflict in net/core/rtnetlink.c, David Ahern's bug fix in 'net'
overlapped the renaming of a netlink attribute in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today mlx5 devices support two teardown modes:
1- Regular teardown
2- Force teardown
This change introduces the enhanced version of the "Force teardown" that
allows SW to perform teardown in a faster way without the need to reclaim
all the pages.
Fast teardown provides the following advantages:
1- Fix a FW race condition that could cause command timeout
2- Avoid moving to polling mode
3- Close the vport to prevent PCI ACK to be sent without been scatter
to memory
Signed-off-by: Feras Daoud <ferasda@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Count aRFS rules insertion failure for ethtool output. In addition, move
the error print into debug prints mechanism, as it could flood the dmesg
and reduce system BW dramatically.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Return tc extack messages for failures to user space.
Messages provide reasons for not being able to offload rules to HW.
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Return extack messages for failures in the e-switch devlink callbacks.
Messages provide reasons for not being able to issue the operation.
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations.
Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
David writes:
"Networking fixes:
1) Prefix length validation in xfrm layer, from Steffen Klassert.
2) TX status reporting fix in mac80211, from Andrei Otcheretianski.
3) Fix hangs due to TX_DROP in mac80211, from Bob Copeland.
4) Fix DMA error regression in b43, from Larry Finger.
5) Add input validation to xenvif_set_hash_mapping(), from Jan Beulich.
6) SMMU unmapping fix in hns driver, from Yunsheng Lin.
7) Bluetooh crash in unpairing on SMP, from Matias Karhumaa.
8) WoL handling fixes in the phy layer, from Heiner Kallweit.
9) Fix deadlock in bonding, from Mahesh Bandewar.
10) Fill ttl inherit infor in vxlan driver, from Hangbin Liu.
11) Fix TX timeouts during netpoll, from Michael Chan.
12) RXRPC layer fixes from David Howells.
13) Another batch of ndo_poll_controller() removals to deal with
excessive resource consumption during load. From Eric Dumazet.
14) Fix a specific TIPC failure secnario, from LUU Duc Canh.
15) Really disable clocks in r8169 during suspend so that low
power states can actually be reached.
16) Fix SYN backlog lockdep issue in tcp and dccp, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Fix RCU locking in netpoll SKB send, which shows up in bonding,
from Dave Jones.
18) Fix TX stalls in r8169, from Heiner Kallweit.
19) Fix locksup in nfp due to control message storms, from Jakub
Kicinski.
20) Various rmnet bug fixes from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan and
Sean Tranchetti.
21) Fix use after free in ip_cmsg_recv_dstaddr(), from Eric Dumazet."
* gitolite.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (122 commits)
ixgbe: check return value of napi_complete_done()
sctp: fix fall-through annotation
r8169: always autoneg on resume
ipv4: fix use-after-free in ip_cmsg_recv_dstaddr()
net: qualcomm: rmnet: Fix incorrect allocation flag in receive path
net: qualcomm: rmnet: Fix incorrect allocation flag in transmit
net: qualcomm: rmnet: Skip processing loopback packets
net: systemport: Fix wake-up interrupt race during resume
rtnl: limit IFLA_NUM_TX_QUEUES and IFLA_NUM_RX_QUEUES to 4096
bonding: fix warning message
inet: make sure to grab rcu_read_lock before using ireq->ireq_opt
nfp: avoid soft lockups under control message storm
declance: Fix continuation with the adapter identification message
net: fec: fix rare tx timeout
r8169: fix network stalls due to missing bit TXCFG_AUTO_FIFO
tun: napi flags belong to tfile
tun: initialize napi_mutex unconditionally
tun: remove unused parameters
bond: take rcu lock in netpoll_send_skb_on_dev
rtnetlink: Fail dump if target netnsid is invalid
...
The NIC driver should only enable interrupts when napi_complete_done()
returns true. This patch adds the check for ixgbe.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.10+
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This trivial patch fixes a typo in iavf.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds zero-copy Tx support for AF_XDP sockets. It implements
the ndo_xsk_async_xmit netdev ndo and performs all the Tx logic from a
NAPI context. This means pulling egress packets from the Tx ring,
placing the frames on the NIC HW descriptor ring and completing sent
frames back to the application via the completion ring.
The regular XDP Tx ring is used for AF_XDP as well. This rationale for
this is as follows: XDP_REDIRECT guarantees mutual exclusion between
different NAPI contexts based on CPU id. In other words, a netdev can
XDP_REDIRECT to another netdev with a different NAPI context, since
the operation is bound to a specific core and each core has its own
hardware ring.
As the AF_XDP Tx action is running in the same NAPI context and using
the same ring, it will also be protected from XDP_REDIRECT actions
with the exact same mechanism.
As with AF_XDP Rx, all AF_XDP Tx specific functions are added to
ixgbe_xsk.c.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch prepares for the upcoming zero-copy Tx functionality by
moving common functions used both by the regular path and zero-copy
path.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds zero-copy Rx support for AF_XDP sockets. Instead of
allocating buffers of type MEM_TYPE_PAGE_SHARED, the Rx frames are
allocated as MEM_TYPE_ZERO_COPY when AF_XDP is enabled for a certain
queue.
All AF_XDP specific functions are added to a new file, ixgbe_xsk.c.
Note that when AF_XDP zero-copy is enabled, the XDP action XDP_PASS
will allocate a new buffer and copy the zero-copy frame prior passing
it to the kernel stack.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch prepares for the upcoming zero-copy Rx functionality, by
moving/changing linkage of common functions, used both by the regular
path and zero-copy path.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functions for Rx/Tx ring enable/disable. Instead of resetting the
whole device, only the affected ring is disabled or enabled.
This plumbing is used in later commits, when zero-copy AF_XDP support
is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fix crash when we have restore flow director filters after reset
adapter. In ixgbe_fdir_filter_restore() filter->action is outside of the
rx_ring array, as it has a VF identifier in the upper 32 bits.
Signed-off-by: Radoslaw Tyl <radoslawx.tyl@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clang warns that the address of a pointer will always evaluated as true
in a boolean context.
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_debugfs.c:136:9: warning: address
of array 'vsi->active_vlans' will always evaluate to 'true'
[-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
vsi->active_vlans ? "<valid>" : "<null>");
~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~ ~
./include/linux/device.h:1431:33: note: expanded from macro 'dev_info'
_dev_info(dev, dev_fmt(fmt), ##__VA_ARGS__)
^~~~~~~~~~~
1 warning generated.
Given that the statement shows that active_vlans is always valid, just
remove the statement since it's not giving any useful information.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/82
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is converted implicitly to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:4214:42: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum i40e_aq_link_speed' to
different enumeration type 'enum virtchnl_link_speed'
[-Wenum-conversion]
pfe.event_data.link_event.link_speed = I40E_LINK_SPEED_40GB;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1 warning generated.
Use the proper enum from virtchnl_link_speed, which has the same value
as I40E_LINK_SPEED_40GB, VIRTCHNL_LINK_SPEED_40GB. This appears to be
missed by commit ff3f4cc267 ("virtchnl: finish conversion to virtchnl
interface").
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/81
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ipsec->tx_tbl[] array has IXGBE_IPSEC_MAX_SA_COUNT elements so the >
should be a >=.
Fixes: 0062e7cc95 ("ixgbevf: add VF IPsec offload code")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are no in-tree callers.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have Tx hang when number Tx and XDP queues are more than 64.
In XDP always is MTQC == 0x0 (64TxQs). We need more space for Tx queues.
Signed-off-by: Radoslaw Tyl <radoslawx.tyl@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't be fancy with message lengths, just set lengths to
number of dwords, not bytes.
Fixes: 0062e7cc95 ("ixgbevf: add VF IPsec offload code")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-10-03
This series contains updates to ice and virtchnl.
Yashaswini Raghuram adds a new virtchnl capability flag to support the
exchange of additional supported speeds.
Anirudh adds support for SR-IOV for the ice driver. Added code to
initialize, configure and use mailbox queues for PF and VF
communication. Updated the VSI and queue management to handle both PF
and VF VSI type. Added "Adaptive Virtual Function (AVF)" support for
the ice PF driver by implementing virtchnl commands. Extended the
malicious driver detection logic to include the VF driver as well.
Fixed the queue region size which needs to be log base 2 of the number
of queues in region.
Brett fixes an issue which was causing switch rules to be lost, by
making a call to ice_update_pkt_fwd_rule() with the necessary changes.
Fixed how the PF and VF assigned the ITR index by adding a struct member
itr_idx to be used to dynamically program the correct ITR index.
Dave fixed a potential NULL pointer dereference by adding checks in the
filter handling.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cxgb_set_tx_maxrate will be called holding rtnl lock,
hence remove all unneeded locks.
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update version string to 0.7.2-k
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ice_ena/dis_vsi should have a single differentiating
factor to determine if the netdev_ops call is used or a
direct call to ice_vsi_open/close. This is if the netif is
running or not. If netif is running, use ndo_open/ndo_close.
Else, use ice_vsi_open/ice_vsi_close.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This issue came about when looking at the VF function
ice_vc_cfg_irq_map_msg. Currently we are assigning the itr_setting value
to the itr_idx received from the AVF driver, which is not correct and is
not used for the VF flow anyway. Currently the only way we set the ITR
index for both the PF and VF driver is by hard coding ICE_TX_ITR or
ICE_RX_ITR for the ITR index on each q_vector.
To fix this, add the member itr_idx in struct ice_ring_container. This
can then be used to dynamically program the correct ITR index. This change
also affected the PF driver so make the necessary changes there as well.
Also, removed the itr_setting member in struct ice_ring because it is not
being used meaningfully and is going to be removed in a future patch that
includes dynamic ITR.
On another note, this will be useful moving forward if we decide to split
Rx/Tx rings on different q_vectors instead of sharing them as queue pairs.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add checks in the filter handling flow to avoid dereferencing
NULL pointers.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a switch rule is initially created we set the filter action to
ICE_FWD_TO_VSI. The filter action changes to ICE_FWD_TO_VSI_LIST
whenever more than one VSI is subscribed to the same switch rule. When
the switch rule goes from 2 VSIs in the list to 1 VSI we remove and
delete the VSI list rule, but we currently don't update the switch rule
in hardware. This is causing switch rules to be lost, so fix that by
making a call to ice_update_pkt_fwd_rule() with the necessary changes.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When adding a rule, queue region size needs to be provided as log base 2
of the number of queues in region. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch extends the existing malicious driver operation detection
logic to cover malicious operations by the VF driver as well.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When PF gets a link status change event, notify the VFs of the same.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
virtchnl is a protocol/interface specification that allows the Intel
"Adaptive Virtual Function (AVF)" driver (iavf.ko) to work with more than
one physical function driver. The AVF driver sends "virtchnl commands"
(control plane only) to the PF driver over mailbox queues and the PF driver
executes these commands and returns a result to the VF, again over mailbox.
This patch adds AVF support for the ice PF driver by implementing the
following virtchnl commands:
VIRTCHNL_OP_VERSION
VIRTCHNL_OP_GET_VF_RESOURCES
VIRTCHNL_OP_RESET_VF
VIRTCHNL_OP_ADD_ETH_ADDR
VIRTCHNL_OP_DEL_ETH_ADDR
VIRTCHNL_OP_CONFIG_VSI_QUEUES
VIRTCHNL_OP_ENABLE_QUEUES
VIRTCHNL_OP_DISABLE_QUEUES
VIRTCHNL_OP_ADD_ETH_ADDR
VIRTCHNL_OP_DEL_ETH_ADDR
VIRTCHNL_OP_CONFIG_VSI_QUEUES
VIRTCHNL_OP_ENABLE_QUEUES
VIRTCHNL_OP_DISABLE_QUEUES
VIRTCHNL_OP_REQUEST_QUEUES
VIRTCHNL_OP_CONFIG_IRQ_MAP
VIRTCHNL_OP_CONFIG_RSS_KEY
VIRTCHNL_OP_CONFIG_RSS_LUT
VIRTCHNL_OP_GET_STATS
VIRTCHNL_OP_ADD_VLAN
VIRTCHNL_OP_DEL_VLAN
VIRTCHNL_OP_ENABLE_VLAN_STRIPPING
VIRTCHNL_OP_DISABLE_VLAN_STRIPPING
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements handlers for the following NDO operations:
.ndo_set_vf_spoofchk
.ndo_set_vf_mac
.ndo_get_vf_config
.ndo_set_vf_trust
.ndo_set_vf_vlan
.ndo_set_vf_link_state
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Post VF initialization, there are a couple of different ways in which a
VF reset can be triggered. One is when the underlying PF itself goes
through a reset and other is via a VFLR interrupt. ice_reset_vf introduced
in this patch handles both these cases.
Also introduced in this patch is a helper function ice_aq_send_msg_to_vf
to send messages to VF over the mailbox queue. The PF uses this to send
reset notifications to VFs.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Until now, all the VSI and queue management code supported only the PF
VSI type (ICE_VSI_PF). Update these flows to handle the VF VSI type
(ICE_VSI_VF) type as well.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements parts of ice_sriov_configure and VF reset flow.
To create virtual functions (VFs), the user sets a value in num_vfs
through sysfs. This results in the kernel calling the handler for
.sriov_configure which is ice_sriov_configure.
VF setup first starts with a VF reset, followed by allocation of the VF
VSI using ice_vf_vsi_setup. Once the VF setup is complete a state bit
ICE_VF_STATE_INIT is set in the vf->states bitmap to indicate that
the VF is ready to go.
Also for VF reset to go into effect, it's necessary to issue a disable
queue command (ice_aqc_opc_dis_txqs). So this patch updates multiple
functions in the disable queue flow to take additional parameters that
distinguish if queues are being disabled due to VF reset.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Mailbox queue is a type of control queue that's used for communication
between PF and VF. This patch adds code to initialize, configure and
use mailbox queues.
This patch also adds support to detect and parse SR-IOV capabilities
returned by the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to other patches from ERic.
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
In netvsc driver it uses NAPI for TX completions. The default
poll_napi will do this for us now and avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This affects at least versions 25 and 33, so assume all cards are broken
and just renegotiate by default.
Fixes: 10bc6a6042 ("r8169: fix autoneg issue on resume with RTL8168E")
Signed-off-by: Alex Xu (Hello71) <alex_y_xu@yahoo.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_dcb.c:390:4: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum cxgb4_dcb_state' to different
enumeration type 'enum cxgb4_dcb_state_input' [-Wenum-conversion]
IEEE_FAUX_SYNC(dev, dcb);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_dcb.h:70:10: note: expanded
from macro 'IEEE_FAUX_SYNC'
CXGB4_DCB_STATE_FW_ALLSYNCED);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Use the equivalent value of the expected type to silence Clang while
resulting in no functional change.
CXGB4_DCB_STATE_FW_ALLSYNCED = CXGB4_DCB_INPUT_FW_ALLSYNCED = 3
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_dcb.c:303:7: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum cxgb4_dcb_state' to different
enumeration type 'enum cxgb4_dcb_state_input' [-Wenum-conversion]
? CXGB4_DCB_STATE_FW_ALLSYNCED
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/cxgb4_dcb.c:304:7: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum cxgb4_dcb_state' to different
enumeration type 'enum cxgb4_dcb_state_input' [-Wenum-conversion]
: CXGB4_DCB_STATE_FW_INCOMPLETE);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2 warnings generated.
Use the equivalent value of the expected type to silence Clang while
resulting in no functional change.
CXGB4_DCB_STATE_FW_INCOMPLETE = CXGB4_DCB_INPUT_FW_INCOMPLETE = 2
CXGB4_DCB_STATE_FW_ALLSYNCED = CXGB4_DCB_INPUT_FW_ALLSYNCED = 3
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa/dpaa_eth.c:2734:34: warning:
tentative array definition assumed to have one element
static const struct of_device_id dpaa_match[];
^
1 warning generated.
Turns out that since this driver was introduced in commit 9ad1a37493
("dpaa_eth: add support for DPAA Ethernet"), this declaration has been
unused. Remove it to silence the warning.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Madalin Bucur <madalin.bucur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code to obtain the correct table for the incoming interface was
missing for IPv6. This has been added along with the table creation
notification to fib rules for the RTNL_FAMILY_IP6MR address family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ruddy <pruddy@vyatta.att-mail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@vyatta.att-mail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for inserting and deleting Rx flow classification
rules through ethtool.
We support classification based on some header fields for
flow-types ether, ip4, tcp4, udp4 and sctp4.
Rx queues are core affine, so the action argument effectively
selects on which cpu the matching frame will be processed.
Discarding the frame is also supported.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For firmware versions that support it, configure an Rx flow
classification key at probe time.
Hardware expects all rules in the classification table to share
the same key. So we setup a key containing all supported fields
at driver init and when a user adds classification rules through
ethtool, we will just mask out the unused header fields.
Since the key composition process is the same for flow
classification and hashing, reuse existing code where possible.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the array of supported header fields will be used for
Rx flow classification as well, rename it from "hash_fields" to
the more inclusive "dist_fields".
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Management Complex (MC) firmware initially allowed the
configuration of a single key to be used both for Rx flow hashing
and flow classification. This prevented us from supporting
Rx flow classification through ethtool.
Starting with version 10.7.0, the Management Complex(MC) offers
a new set of APIs for separate configuration of Rx hashing and
classification keys.
Update the Rx flow hashing support to use the new API, if available.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver_info field that is used for describing each of the usb-net
drivers using the usbnet.c core all declare their information as const
and the usbnet.c itself does not try and modify the struct.
It is therefore a good idea to make this const in the usbnet.c structure
in case anyone tries to modify it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben.dooks@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbsmA5AAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+Bg0IAM4qUD878349YufTxlNI3usz
pPyRYLFfh+f3oTjGWxZ4SlAzMsCVnGDWMKFBj33qnJen1YcMxD2DriTIStQfOHkE
EpErxxMa70YFY2VyvD6Gt/Xfw9Q4ZGrp9j4tNnXVBMVT+EDhui/OpHFlpgoLtpLk
A8pxPRkbQNdql4OWOLwVpFJoleB0mJp4+ed+z743z4ectBfY0Iqx6Yyk1TRUzLfB
o/cUV02M33Fi8XjjZ59crPrIc4r0iUcPDcd5+8i2WtOkfbFod9s1Dg4GMNbGpcFn
RPJX9A+XilMPCJNM8YhwcS2JxX8Y2XwUjBDbspx0RHX3HZY22SjuN2i5p1GZnLo=
=pu43
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2018-10-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2018-10-01
This pull request includes some fixes to mlx5 driver,
Please pull and let me know if there's any problem.
For -stable v4.11:
"6e0a4a23c59a ('net/mlx5: E-Switch, Fix out of bound access when setting vport rate')"
For -stable v4.18:
"98d6627c372a ('net/mlx5e: Set vlan masks for all offloaded TC rules')"
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The incoming skb needs to be reallocated in case the headroom
is not sufficient to adjust the ethernet header. This allocation
needs to be atomic otherwise it results in this splat
[<600601bb>] ___might_sleep+0x185/0x1a3
[<603f6314>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x0/0x27
[<60069bb0>] ? __wake_up_common_lock+0x95/0xd1
[<600602b0>] __might_sleep+0xd7/0xe2
[<60065598>] ? enqueue_task_fair+0x112/0x209
[<600eea13>] __kmalloc_track_caller+0x5d/0x124
[<600ee9b6>] ? __kmalloc_track_caller+0x0/0x124
[<602696d5>] __kmalloc_reserve.isra.34+0x30/0x7e
[<603f629b>] ? _raw_spin_lock_irqsave+0x0/0x3d
[<6026b744>] pskb_expand_head+0xbf/0x310
[<6025ca6a>] rmnet_rx_handler+0x7e/0x16b
[<6025c9ec>] ? rmnet_rx_handler+0x0/0x16b
[<6027ad0c>] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x301/0x96f
[<60033c17>] ? set_signals+0x0/0x40
[<6027bbcb>] __netif_receive_skb+0x24/0x8e
Fixes: 74692caf1b ("net: qualcomm: rmnet: Process packets over ethernet")
Signed-off-by: Sean Tranchetti <stranche@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The incoming skb needs to be reallocated in case the headroom
is not sufficient to add the MAP header. This allocation needs to
be atomic otherwise it results in the following splat
[32805.801456] BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context
[32805.841141] Internal error: Oops - BUG: 0 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
[32805.904773] task: ffffffd7c5f62280 task.stack: ffffff80464a8000
[32805.910851] pc : ___might_sleep+0x180/0x188
[32805.915143] lr : ___might_sleep+0x180/0x188
[32806.131520] Call trace:
[32806.134041] ___might_sleep+0x180/0x188
[32806.137980] __might_sleep+0x50/0x84
[32806.141653] __kmalloc_track_caller+0x80/0x3bc
[32806.146215] __kmalloc_reserve+0x3c/0x88
[32806.150241] pskb_expand_head+0x74/0x288
[32806.154269] rmnet_egress_handler+0xb0/0x1d8
[32806.162239] rmnet_vnd_start_xmit+0xc8/0x13c
[32806.166627] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x148/0x280
[32806.181181] sch_direct_xmit+0xa4/0x198
[32806.185125] __qdisc_run+0x1f8/0x310
[32806.188803] net_tx_action+0x23c/0x26c
[32806.192655] __do_softirq+0x220/0x408
[32806.196420] do_softirq+0x4c/0x70
Fixes: ceed73a2cf ("drivers: net: ethernet: qualcomm: rmnet: Initial implementation")
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RMNET RX handler was processing invalid packets that were
originally sent on the real device and were looped back via
dev_loopback_xmit(). This was detected using syzkaller.
Fixes: ceed73a2cf ("drivers: net: ethernet: qualcomm: rmnet: Initial implementation")
Signed-off-by: Sean Tranchetti <stranche@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AON_PM_L2 is normally used to trigger and identify the source of a
wake-up event. Since the RX_SYS clock is no longer turned off, we also
have an interrupt being sent to the SYSTEMPORT INTRL_2_0 controller, and
that interrupt remains active up until the magic packet detector is
disabled which happens much later during the driver resumption.
The race happens if we have a CPU that is entering the SYSTEMPORT
INTRL2_0 handler during resume, and another CPU has managed to clear the
wake-up interrupt during bcm_sysport_resume_from_wol(). In that case, we
have the first CPU stuck in the interrupt handler with an interrupt
cause that has been cleared under its feet, and so we keep returning
IRQ_NONE and we never make any progress.
This was not a problem before because we would always turn off the
RX_SYS clock during WoL, so the SYSTEMPORT INTRL2_0 would also be turned
off as well, thus not latching the interrupt.
The fix is to make sure we do not enable either the MPD or
BRCM_TAG_MATCH interrupts since those are redundant with what the
AON_PM_L2 interrupt controller already processes and they would cause
such a race to occur.
Fixes: bb9051a2b2 ("net: systemport: Add support for WAKE_FILTER")
Fixes: 83e82f4c70 ("net: systemport: add Wake-on-LAN support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First, and also hopefully the last, set of fixes for 4.19. All small
but still important fixes
mt76x0
* fix a bug when a virtual interface is removed multiple times
b43
* fix DMA error related regression with proprietary firmware
iwlwifi
* fix an oops which was a regression in v4.19-rc1
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbsgclAAoJEG4XJFUm622bAJ0H/A53eluDpiA6cT2tbThQn/jC
+t9DH6EMR4WpYaBEFZtfbZxgrow2bdbllrfrcq22U8Z9BTg875MunJAureEG8Rkn
mBowkuu/RESOO00JXTuqvGcTP+1oaaETEdyABzQFI3uCDyEF9vGCJwNODtyQ5Rch
JYFVDJhWYm1K84jTCDX1x9izEKxf1PaQobh8JqZnvNG0QOIDpT6y/T5RGhUL9nTr
aRuGDa9ap4RFocq1t0eVqx/NliXOHuEbO58E6rMm9DiSujmf1Wa/tndNXGxGWk/N
X8KCz619Syr3v/lF6gXWwmsHt5TBh+peKajUsVY9wJUYkBFTOzVjy0ucYCr67yA=
=HZJ3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2018-10-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers fixes for 4.19
First, and also hopefully the last, set of fixes for 4.19. All small
but still important fixes
mt76x0
* fix a bug when a virtual interface is removed multiple times
b43
* fix DMA error related regression with proprietary firmware
iwlwifi
* fix an oops which was a regression in v4.19-rc1
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RX queue config for bonding master could be different from its slave
device(s). With the commit 6a9e461f6f ("bonding: pass link-local
packets to bonding master also."), the packet is reinjected into stack
with skb->dev as bonding master. This potentially triggers the
message:
"bondX received packet on queue Y, but number of RX queues is Z"
whenever the queue that packet is received on is higher than the
numrxqueues on bonding master (Y > Z).
Fixes: 6a9e461f6f ("bonding: pass link-local packets to bonding master also.")
Reported-by: John Sperbeck <jsperbeck@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After bfcb79fca1 ("PCI/ERR: Run error recovery callbacks for all affected
devices"), AER errors are always cleared by the PCI core and drivers don't
need to do it themselves.
Remove calls to pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status() from device
driver error recovery functions.
Signed-off-by: Oza Pawandeep <poza@codeaurora.org>
[bhelgaas: changelog, remove PCI core changes, remove unused variables]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
When FW floods the driver with control messages try to exit the cmsg
processing loop every now and then to avoid soft lockups. Cmsg
processing is generally very lightweight so 512 seems like a reasonable
budget, which should not be exceeded under normal conditions.
Fixes: 77ece8d5f1 ("nfp: add control vNIC datapath")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First set of new features for 4.20. mt76 driver is going through major
refactoring and that's why there are so many mt76 patches. iwlwifi is
also under heavy development and smaller changes to other drivers.
Also wireless-drivers was merged to fix a conflict between the two trees.
Major changes:
ath10k
* limit available channels via DT ieee80211-freq-limit
wil6210
* add 802.11r Fast Roaming support for AP and station modes
* add support for channel 4
iwlwifi
* new FW API handling
* some improvements in the PCI recovery mechanism
* enable a new scanning feature;
* continued work on HE (mostly radiotap)
* TKIP implementation in new devices
* work continues for new 22560 hardware
mt76
* add support for Alfa AWUS036ACM
* lots of refactoring to make it easier to add new hardware support
* prepare for adding mt76x0e (pci-e variant) support
* add CONFIG_MT76x0E kconfig symbol
brcmfmac
* add support CYW89342 mini-PCIe device
* add 4-way handshake offload detection for FT-802.1X
* enable NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST
* fix for proper support of 160MHz bandwidth
rtl8xxxu
* add rtl8188ctv support
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbs6LVAAoJEG4XJFUm622b0sAH/1WLU433ZipgULs6PLULDz3/
cFS4CSu9+Hewx9MKvdr+vgMoru70CkiFIZMJeo/oNqAtFb6TQhXPFz2Ci3K4Y6jK
yZKATh9PvzQrOGQ1iy4p8QK6bQ9WRUNY5+elJuNQH62oB/SZ0XqCMU8ujUQRSaTC
xVqfIRnAtKcchAm/nqxx+EwlGCiUmlyt2pw2IUXXABLW7Fkj3Z3ISlOd8xVW6tca
XyWlx9pjZOrFrgOzyORB/B4TNI5q5CdcYPg2DEpqOs6LQeGXEq4BSxfxCe2de4ku
St6417K0OFTbUTZS7kJaxJnQFd1ZWhDtj5cJUzdNsSVzqeYeJoTnR4FBqDWLlec=
=7Nmq
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2018-10-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.20
First set of new features for 4.20. mt76 driver is going through major
refactoring and that's why there are so many mt76 patches. iwlwifi is
also under heavy development and smaller changes to other drivers.
Also wireless-drivers was merged to fix a conflict between the two trees.
Major changes:
ath10k
* limit available channels via DT ieee80211-freq-limit
wil6210
* add 802.11r Fast Roaming support for AP and station modes
* add support for channel 4
iwlwifi
* new FW API handling
* some improvements in the PCI recovery mechanism
* enable a new scanning feature;
* continued work on HE (mostly radiotap)
* TKIP implementation in new devices
* work continues for new 22560 hardware
mt76
* add support for Alfa AWUS036ACM
* lots of refactoring to make it easier to add new hardware support
* prepare for adding mt76x0e (pci-e variant) support
* add CONFIG_MT76x0E kconfig symbol
brcmfmac
* add support CYW89342 mini-PCIe device
* add 4-way handshake offload detection for FT-802.1X
* enable NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST
* fix for proper support of 160MHz bandwidth
rtl8xxxu
* add rtl8188ctv support
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-10-02
This series contains updates to ice driver only.
Anirudh expands the use of VSI handles across the rest of the driver,
which includes refactoring the code to correctly use VSI handles. After
a reset, ensure that all configurations for a VSI get re-applied before
moving on to rebuilding the next VSI.
Dave fixed the driver to check the current link state after reset to
ensure that the correct link state of a port is reported. Fixed an
issue where if the driver is unloaded when traffic is in progress,
errors are generated.
Preethi breaks up the IRQ tracker into a software and hardware IRQ
tracker, where the software IRQ tracker tracks only the PF's IRQ
requests and does not play any role in the VF initialization. The
hardware IRQ tracker represents the device's interrupt space and will be
looked up to see if the device has run our of interrupts when a
interrupt has to be allocated in the device for either PF or VF.
Md Fahad adds support for enabling/disabling RSS via ethtool.
Brett aligns the ice_reset_req enum values to the values that the
hardware understands. Also added initial support for dynamic interrupt
moderation in the ice driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a commit 4bcc595ccd ("printk: reinstate KERN_CONT for printing
continuation lines") regression with the `declance' driver, which caused
the adapter identification message to be split between two lines, e.g.:
declance.c: v0.011 by Linux MIPS DECstation task force
tc6: PMAD-AA
, addr = 08:00:2b:1b:2a:6a, irq = 14
tc6: registered as eth0.
Address that properly, by printing identification with a single call,
making the messages now look like:
declance.c: v0.011 by Linux MIPS DECstation task force
tc6: PMAD-AA, addr = 08:00:2b:1b:2a:6a, irq = 14
tc6: registered as eth0.
Signed-off-by: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Fixes: 4bcc595ccd ("printk: reinstate KERN_CONT for printing continuation lines")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add driver support for reading/configuring the 20G link speed via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add driver support for configuring/reading the 20G link speed.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During certain heavy network loads TX could time out
with TX ring dump.
TX is sometimes never restarted after reaching
"tx_stop_threshold" because function "fec_enet_tx_queue"
only tests the first queue.
In addition the TX timeout callback function failed to
recover because it also operated only on the first queue.
Signed-off-by: Rickard x Andersson <rickaran@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This list is a leftover from fakelb driver which had always a full mesh
topology. Idea was to remember all phy's which are currently used by the
subsystem and deliver everything out. The hwsim driver works differently
each phy has a list of other phy's to deliver frames which allows a
own mesh topology.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
If the driver is unloaded when traffic is in progress, errors are
generated. Fix this by releasing qvectors and NAPI handler on remove.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently there is no support for dynamic interrupt moderation. This
patch adds some initial code to support this. The following changes
were made:
1. Currently we are using multiple members to store the interrupt
granularity (itr_gran_25/50/100/200). This is not necessary because
we can query the device to determine what the interrupt granularity
should be set to, done by a new function ice_get_itr_intrl_gran.
2. Added intrl to ice_q_vector structure to support interrupt rate
limiting.
3. Added the function ice_intrl_usecs_to_reg for converting to a value
in usecs that the device understands.
4. Added call to write to the GLINT_RATE register. Disable intrl by
default for now.
5. Changed rx/tx_itr_setting to itr_setting because having both seems
redundant because a ring is either Tx or Rx.
6. Initialize itr_setting for both Tx/Rx rings in ice_vsi_alloc_rings()
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the ice_reset_req enum values have to be translated into
a different set of values that the hardware understands for the same
reset types. Avoid this translation by aligning ice_reset_req enum
values to the ones that the hardware understands.
Also add and else if block to check for ICE_RESET_EMPR and put a dev_dbg
message in the else case.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements ethtool hook for enabling/disabling
RSS. While disabling RSS, the LUT should be cleared. And
the LUT should be reconfigured while enabling RSS.
Signed-off-by: Md Fahad Iqbal Polash <md.fahad.iqbal.polash@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For the PF driver, when mapping interrupts to queues, we need to request
IRQs from the kernel and we also have to allocate interrupts from
the device.
Similarly, when the VF driver (iavf.ko) initializes, it requests the kernel
IRQs that it needs but it can't directly allocate interrupts in the device.
Instead, it sends a mailbox message to the ice driver, which then allocates
interrupts in the device on the VF driver's behalf.
Currently both these cases end up having to reserve entries in
pf->irq_tracker but irq_tracker itself is sized based on how many vectors
the PF driver needs. Under the right circumstances, the VF driver can fail
to get entries in irq_tracker, which will result in the VF driver failing
probe.
To fix this, sw_irq_tracker and hw_irq_tracker are introduced. The
sw_irq_tracker tracks only the PF's IRQ request and doesn't play any
role in VF init. hw_irq_tracker represents the device's interrupt space.
When interrupts have to be allocated in the device for either PF or VF,
hw_irq_tracker will be looked up to see if the device has run out of
interrupts.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We are currently replaying the link state of a port after a reset, but
it is possible that the link state of a port can change during the reset
process. So check for the current link state of a port during the rebuild
process of a reset.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, switch filters get replayed after reset. In addition to
filters, other VSI attributes (like RSS configuration, Tx scheduler
configuration, etc.) also need to be replayed after reset.
Thus, instead of replaying based on functional blocks (i.e. replay
all filters for all VSIs, followed by RSS configuration replay for
all VSIs, and so on), it makes more sense to have the replay centered
around a VSI. In other words, replay all configurations for a VSI before
moving on to rebuilding the next VSI.
To that effect, this patch introduces a VSI replay framework in a new
function ice_vsi_replay_all. Currently it only replays switch filters,
but it will be expanded in the future to replay additional VSI attributes.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a continuation of the previous patch where VSI
handles are used instead of VSI numbers.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A VSI handle is just a number the driver maintains to uniquely identify
a VSI. A VSI handle is backed by a VSI number in the hardware. When
interacting when the hardware, VSI handles are converted into VSI numbers.
In commit 0f9d5027a7 ("ice: Refactor VSI allocation, deletion and
rebuild flow"), VSI handles were introduced but it was used only
when creating and deleting VSIs. This patch is part one of two patches
that expands the use of VSI handles across the rest of the driver. Also
in this patch, certain parts of the code had to be refactored to correctly
use VSI handles.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In current ABI the size of the messages carrying map elements was
statically defined to at most 16 words of key and 16 words of value
(NFP word is 4 bytes). We should not make this assumption and use
the max key and value sizes from the BPF capability instead.
To make sure old kernels don't get surprised with larger (or smaller)
messages bump the FW ABI version to 3 when key/value size is different
than 16 words.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Some apps may want to have higher MTU on the control vNIC/queue.
Allow them to set the requested MTU at init time.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Up until now we only had per-vNIC BPF ABI version capabilities,
which are slightly awkward to use because bulk of the resources
and configuration does not relate to any particular vNIC. Add
a new capability for global ABI version and check the per-vNIC
version are equal to it. Assume the ABI version 2 if no explicit
version capability is present.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
When choosing channel amounts and ring sizes, the maximums in the
ibmvnic driver are defined by the virtual i/o server management
partition. Even though they are defined as maximums, the client
driver may in fact successfully request resources that exceed
these limits, which are mostly dependent on a user's hardware
With this in mind, provide an ethtool flag that when enabled will
allow the user to request resources limited by driver-defined
maximums instead of limits defined by the management partition.
The driver will try to honor the user's request but may not allowed
by the management partition. In this case, the driver requests
as close as it can get to the desired amount until it succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce driver-defined maximums for queue ring sizes. Devices
available for IBM vNIC today will likely not allow this amount,
but this should give us some leeway for future devices that may
support larger ring sizes.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase queue size limit to 16. Devices available for IBM vNIC today
will not allow this amount, but this should give us some leeway for
future devices that may support more RX or TX queues.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to remove the node name pointer from struct device_node,
convert printf users to use the %pOFn format specifier.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the chip-specific hw_start functions set bit TXCFG_AUTO_FIFO
in register TxConfig. The original patch changed the order of some
calls resulting in these changes being overwritten by
rtl_set_tx_config_registers() in rtl_hw_start(). This eventually
resulted in network stalls especially under high load.
Analyzing the chip-specific hw_start functions all chip version from
34, with the exception of version 39, need this bit set.
This patch moves setting this bit to rtl_set_tx_config_registers().
Fixes: 4fd48c4ac0 ("r8169: move common initializations to tp->hw_start")
Reported-by: Ortwin Glück <odi@odi.ch>
Reported-by: David Arendt <admin@prnet.org>
Root-caused-by: Maciej S. Szmigiero <mail@maciej.szmigiero.name>
Tested-by: Tony Atkinson <tatkinson@linux.com>
Tested-by: David Arendt <admin@prnet.org>
Tested-by: Ortwin Glück <odi@odi.ch>
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tun_napi_disable() and tun_napi_del() do not need
a pointer to the tun_struct
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RSC feature -- a bit field "internal" was added here with total
size unchanged:
struct rndis_per_packet_info {
u32 size;
u32 type:31;
u32 internal:1;
u32 ppi_offset;
};
On TX path, we put rndis msg into skb head room, which is not zeroed
before passing to us. We do not use the "internal" field in TX path,
but it may impact older hosts which use the entire 32 bits as "type".
To fix the bug, this patch sets the field "internal" to zero.
Fixes: c8e4eff467 ("hv_netvsc: Add support for LRO/RSC in the vSwitch")
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using mod_delayed_work() allows to simplify handling delayed work and
removes the need for the sync parameter in phy_trigger_machine().
Also introduce a helper phy_queue_state_machine() to encapsulate the
low-level delayed work calls. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When inserting the TSB, keep track of how many times we had to do it and
if there was a failure in doing so, this helps profile the driver for
possibly incorrect headroom settings.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During bcm_sysport_insert_tsb() make sure we differentiate a SKB
headroom re-allocation failure from the normal swap and replace path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can turn on the RX/TX checksum offloads by default and make sure that
those are properly reflected back to e.g: stacked devices such as VLAN
or DSA.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During driver resume and open, the HW may have lost its context/state,
utilize bcm_sysport_set_features() to make sure we do restore the
correct set of features that were previously configured.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally enabling TX and RX checksum offloads,
refactor bcm_sysport_set_features() a bit such that
__netdev_update_features() during register_netdev() can make sure that
features are correctly programmed during network device registration.
Since we can now be called during register_netdev() with clocks gated,
we need to temporarily turn them on/off in order to have a successful
register programming.
We also move the CRC forward setting read into
bcm_sysport_set_features() since priv->crc_fwd matters while turning on
RX checksum offload, that way we are guaranteed they are in sync in case
we ever add support for NETIF_F_RXFCS at some point in the future.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds switch for flow director with ethtool command
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes all flow director rules when unload hns3 driver.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing reset, remove all entries in TCAM block, and keep flow
director rules list. After finishing reset, restore all entries.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for querying rule number and rule details
by ethtool commands.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for add and delete rule by ethtool commands.
HNS3 driver supports several flow types, include ETHER_FLOW,
IP_USER_FLOW, TCP_V4_FLOW, UDP_V4_FLOW, SCTP_V4_FLOW, IPV6_USER_FLOW,
TCP_V6_FLOW, UDP_V6_FLOW and SCTP_V6_FLOW.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each flow director rule consists of input key and action. The input key
is the condition for matching, includes tuples of L2/L3/L4 header.
Action is the behaviour when a packet matches with the input key, such
as drop the packet, or forward to a specified queue.
The input key is stored in the tcam blocks, Each bit of input key can
be masked.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow director is a new feature supported by hardware with revision 0x21.
This patch adds flow direcor initialization for each PF. It queries flow
director mode and tcam resource from firmware, selects tuples used for
input key.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is one step in allowing phylib to make use of link_mode bitmaps,
instead of u32 for supported and advertised features. Convert the phy
drivers to use bitmaps to indicates the features they support.
Build bitmap equivalents of the u32 values at runtime, and have the
drivers point to the appropriate bitmap. These bitmaps are shared, and
we don't want a driver to modify them. So mark them __ro_after_init.
Within phylib, the features bitmap is currently turned back into a
u32. This will be removed once the whole of phylib, and the drivers
are converted to use bitmaps.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro PHY_GBIT_FEAUTRES needs to change into a bitmap in order to
support link_modes. Remove its use from xgde by replacing it with its
definition.
Probably, the current behavior is wrong. It probably should be
ANDing not assigning.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to convert the local advertising to an LCL capabilities,
which is then used to resolve pause flow control settings.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add phydev_info() and make use of it within the phy drivers and core
code.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all new style LINK_MODE bits can be converted into old style
SUPPORTED bits. We need to warn when such a conversion is attempted.
Add a helper for this.
Convert all pr_warn() calls to phydev_warn() where possible.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
phylink has some useful helpers to working with linkmode bitmaps.
Move them to there own header so other code can use them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reserve two TLV types for feature development, and warn in the driver
if they ever leak into production.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Address compiler warning reported by kbuild autobuilders
when building for i386 as a result of dma_addr_t size on
different architectures.
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
[-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Fixes: 7e8d5755be ("net: nixge: Add support for 64-bit platforms")
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various documented examples on how to set up tx99 with ath9k rely
on setting up a regular monitor interface for setting the channel.
My previous patch "ath9k: fix tx99 with monitor mode interface" made
it possible to set it up this way again. However, it was removing support
for using an active monitor interface, which is required for controlling
the bitrate as well, since the bitrate is not passed down with a regular
monitor interface.
This patch partially reverts the previous one, but keeps support for using
a regular monitor interface to keep documented steps working in cases
where the bitrate does not matter
Fixes: d9c52fd17c ("ath9k: fix tx99 with monitor mode interface")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
ath10k_hw_diag_fast_download() generally has good boundary checking, but
it misses verifying that the next metadata header actually fits in the
remaining buffer space. Add such a check.
Fixes: 39501ea641 ("ath10k: download firmware via diag Copy Engine for QCA6174 and QCA9377.")
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since the debug print code is outside of the loop, it shouldn't use the loop
iterator anymore but instead print the found maximum index.
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FFT max index retrieval was not retrieved correctly for HT20/HT40 FFT
frames. Fixing the retrieval allows us to remove the fixup function as
well. While at it, split the spectral_max_index function into versions
for ht20 and ht40 to simplify the code.
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With the loop break like this, there are false "FFT report truncated"
messages because the iterator is not advanced as the check expects.
Instead, just return, for a single frame there is nothing left to be
done anyways.
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This is helpful to see whether spectral samples get discarded.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This series includes updates to mlx5e ethernet netdevice driver:
From Or Gerlitz:
1) Support masks for l3/l4 filters in ethtool flow steering
2) Report checksum unnecessary also when the L3 checksum flag on the
cqe is set and there's no L4 header
3) Allow reporting of checksum unnecessary, using an ethtool private flag.
From Gavi Teitz and Or, VF representors netdevs performance improvements
4) Allow striding RQ in VF representor and bigger RQ size, ~3X performance improvement
5) Enable stateless offloads for VF representor, csum and TSO, 1.5X performance improvement
6) RSS Support for VF representors
6.1) Allow flow table destination fir VF representor steering rule.
6.2) Create RSS flow table per representor netdev
6.3) Expose mlx5e RSS ethtool to be used by representor netdevs
6.4) Enable multi-queue and RSS for VF representors, using mlx5e existing infrastructure
for managing a multi-queue RX RSS tables.
From Alaa Hleihel:
7) Cache the system image guid, The system image guid is a read-only field
Read this once and save it on the core device.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbsmk5AAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+S+IIAMpGR1b79uPjCIdZSTxLlCvg
xGdc3MGQ4Lv+DuUEP1DQpZDIAJQeh10KqICGfRZxo7d4jUtajwujwaUylkZrb9da
QNIeK2FLMXkxQo51owZxXgdAy8BNpPmg3D7xI/O/DET4UWCKRmZ/4eJfWLG7r8qp
+BEqQmJjhY67mj1tuzJ1JsysrOvUhfXEwqJGgBCLlME8KVWh0No4fTsrAlKBmeec
kYxaW9hS57LKOu32y8LdYb830yHDjUqtWAd+5cGWNTOaygm0dd5ZPVnR9oJ/Ga7I
Ru64aMMQoLuRbMfryUh8gYZ/oIwP48oIIr3Wler5SXkHxEKR++F5fJrApgxvibA=
=ivVt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-10-01' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-10-01
This series includes updates to mlx5e ethernet netdevice driver:
From Or Gerlitz:
1) Support masks for l3/l4 filters in ethtool flow steering
2) Report checksum unnecessary also when the L3 checksum flag on the
cqe is set and there's no L4 header
3) Allow reporting of checksum unnecessary, using an ethtool private flag.
From Gavi Teitz and Or, VF representors netdevs performance improvements
4) Allow striding RQ in VF representor and bigger RQ size, ~3X performance improvement
5) Enable stateless offloads for VF representor, csum and TSO, 1.5X performance improvement
6) RSS Support for VF representors
6.1) Allow flow table destination fir VF representor steering rule.
6.2) Create RSS flow table per representor netdev
6.3) Expose mlx5e RSS ethtool to be used by representor netdevs
6.4) Enable multi-queue and RSS for VF representors, using mlx5e existing infrastructure
for managing a multi-queue RX RSS tables.
From Alaa Hleihel:
7) Cache the system image guid, The system image guid is a read-only field
Read this once and save it on the core device.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-10-01
This series contains updates to ice driver only.
Anirudh provides several changes to "prep" the driver for upcoming
features. Specifically, the functions that are used for PF VSI/netdev
setup will also be used in SR-IOV support and to allow the reuse of
these functions, code needs to move.
Dave provides the only other change in the series, updates the driver to
protect the reset patch in its entirety. This is done by adding the
various bit checks to determine if a reset is scheduled/initiated and
whether it came from the software or firmware.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, there is no bit, or set of bits, that protect the entirety
of the reset path.
If the reset is originated by the driver, then the relevant
one of the following bits will be set when the reset is scheduled:
__ICE_PFR_REQ
__ICE_CORER_REQ
__ICE_GLOBR_REQ
This bit will not be cleared until after the rebuild has completed.
If the reset is originated by the FW, then the first the driver knows of
it will be the reception of the OICR interrupt. The __ICE_RESET_OICR_RECV
bit will be set in the interrupt handler. This will also be the indicator
in a SW originated reset that we have completed the pre-OICR tasks and
have informed the FW that a reset was requested.
To utilize these bits, change the function:
ice_is_reset_recovery_pending()
to be:
ice_is_reset_in_progress()
The new function will check all of the above bits in the pf->state and
will return a true if one or more of these bits are set.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch completes the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_setup
ice_vsi_cfg_tc
The following functions were made static again:
ice_vsi_setup_vector_base
ice_vsi_alloc_q_vectors
ice_vsi_get_qs
void ice_vsi_map_rings_to_vectors
ice_vsi_alloc_rings
ice_vsi_set_rss_params
ice_vsi_set_num_qs
ice_get_free_slot
ice_vsi_init
ice_vsi_alloc_arrays
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_setup_vector_base
ice_vsi_alloc_q_vectors
ice_vsi_get_qs
The following functions were made static again:
ice_vsi_free_arrays
ice_vsi_clear_rings
Also, in this patch, the netdev and NAPI registration logic was de-coupled
from the VSI creation logic (ice_vsi_setup) as for SR-IOV, while we want to
create VF VSIs using ice_vsi_setup, we don't want to create netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_clear
ice_vsi_close
ice_vsi_free_arrays
ice_vsi_map_rings_to_vectors
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_alloc_rings
ice_vsi_set_rss_params
ice_vsi_set_num_qs
ice_get_free_slot
ice_vsi_init
ice_vsi_clear_rings
ice_vsi_alloc_arrays
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_delete
ice_free_res
ice_get_res
ice_is_reset_recovery_pending
ice_vsi_put_qs
ice_vsi_dis_irq
ice_vsi_free_irq
ice_vsi_free_rx_rings
ice_vsi_free_tx_rings
ice_msix_clean_rings
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch continues the code move out of ice_main.c
The following top level functions (and related dependency functions) were
moved to ice_lib.c:
ice_vsi_start_rx_rings
ice_vsi_stop_rx_rings
ice_vsi_stop_tx_rings
ice_vsi_cfg_rxqs
ice_vsi_cfg_txqs
ice_vsi_cfg_msix
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The functions that are used for PF VSI/netdev setup will also be used
for SR-IOV support. To allow reuse of these functions, move these
functions out of ice_main.c to ice_common.c/ice_lib.c
This move is done across multiple patches. Each patch moves a few
functions and may have minor adjustments. For example, a function that was
previously static in ice_main.c will be made non-static temporarily in
its new location to allow the driver to build cleanly. These adjustments
will be removed in subsequent patches where more code is moved out of
ice_main.c
In this particular patch, the following functions were moved out of
ice_main.c:
int ice_add_mac_to_list
ice_free_fltr_list
ice_stat_update40
ice_stat_update32
ice_update_eth_stats
ice_vsi_add_vlan
ice_vsi_kill_vlan
ice_vsi_manage_vlan_insertion
ice_vsi_manage_vlan_stripping
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The system image guid is a read-only field which is used by the TC
offloads code to determine if two mlx5 devices belong to the same
ASIC while adding flows.
Read this once and save it on the core device rather than querying each
time an offloaded flow is added.
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently we practically never report checksum unnecessary, because
for all IP packets we take the checksum complete path.
Enable non-default runs with reprorting checksum unnecessary, using
an ethtool private flag. This can be useful for performance evals
and other explorations.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
We can report checksum unnecessary also when the L3 checksum
flag on the cqe is set and there's no L4 header.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Increased the amount of channels the representors can open to be the
amount of CPUs. The default amount opened remains one.
Used the standard NIC netdev functions to:
* Set RSS params when building the representors' params.
* Setup an indirect TIR and RQT for the representors upon
initialization.
* Create a TTC flow table for the representors' indirect TIR (when
creating the TTC table, mlx5e_set_ttc_basic_params() is not called,
in order to avoid setting the inner_ttc param, which is not needed).
Added ethtool control to the representors for setting and querying
the amount of open channels. Additionally, included logic in the
representors' ethtool set channels handler which controls a
representor's vport rx rule, so that if there is one open channel
the rx rule steers traffic to the representor's direct TIR, whereas
if there is more than one channel, the rx rule steers traffic to the
new TTC flow table.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Towards enabling RSS for the vport representors, expose the functions for
querying the rss hash key size and indirection table size via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Towards enabling RSS for the vport representors, extract the
procedure for building a device's RSS params, and expose the
function.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Change the driver functions that deal with creating indirect tirs
to get a flag telling if inner ttc is desired.
A pre-step for enabling rss on the vport representors, where
inner ttc is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently the destination for the representor e-switch rx rule is
a TIR number. Towards changing that to potentially be a flow table,
as part of enabling RSS for representors, modify the signature of
the related e-switch API to get a flow destination.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cleaning up the flow of the representors' rx initialization, towards
enabling RSS for the representors.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Enabled checksum and TSO offloads for the representors, in
order to increase their performance, which is required to
increase the performance of flows that cannot be offloaded.
Checksum offloads contribute to a general acceleration of all
traffic (to around 150%), whereas the TSO offload contributes
to a prominent acceleration of the representor's TX for traffic
flows with larger than MTU sized packets (to around 200%). This
is the usual case for TCP streams, as the PF, which serves as
the uplink representor, and the VF representors employ GRO before
forwarding the packets to the representor.
GRO was enabled implicitly for the representors beforehand, and
is explicitly enabled here to ensure that the representors preserve
the performance boost it provides (of around 200%) when working in
tandem with the TSO offload by the forwardee, which is the standard
case as both the PF and the VF representors employ HW TSO.
The impact of these changes can be seen in the following
measurements taken on a setup of a VM over a VF, connected
to OVS via the VF representor, to an external host:
Before current changes:
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
External host to VM ~ 10.5
VM to external host ~ 23.5
With just checksum offloads enabled:
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
External host to VM ~ 14.9
VM to external host ~ 28.5
With the TSO offload also enabled:
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
External host to VM ~ 30.5
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The representors' RQ size was not large enough for them to achieve
high enough performance, and therefore needed to be enlarged, while
suffering a minimum hit to its memory usage. To achieve this the
representors RQ size was increased, and its type was changed to be a
striding RQ if it is supported.
Towards that goal the following changes were made:
* Extracted the sequence for setting the standard netdev's RQ parmas
into a function
* Replaced the sequence for setting the representor's RQ params with
the standard sequence
The impact of this change can be seen in the following measurements
taken on a setup of a VM over a VF, connected to OVS via the VF
representor, to an external host:
Before current change:
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
VM to external host ~ 7.2
With the current change (measured with a striding RQ):
TCP Throughput [Gb/s]
VM to external host ~ 23.5
Each representor now consumes 2 [MB] of memory for its packet
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Gavi Teitz <gavi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Allow using partial masks for L3 addresses and L4 ports across
the place.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In flow steering, if asked to, the hardware matches on the first ethertype
which is not vlan. It's possible to set a rule as follows, which is meant
to match on untagged packet, but will match on a vlan packet:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip flower ...
To avoid this for packets with single tag, we set vlan masks to tell
hardware to check the tags for every matched packet.
Fixes: 095b6cfd69 ('net/mlx5e: Add TC vlan match parsing')
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The code that deals with eswitch vport bw guarantee was going beyond the
eswitch vport array limit, fix that. This was pointed out by the kernel
address sanitizer (KASAN).
The error from KASAN log:
[2018-09-15 15:04:45] BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in
mlx5_eswitch_set_vport_rate+0x8c1/0xae0 [mlx5_core]
Fixes: c9497c9890 ("net/mlx5: Add support for setting VF min rate")
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
If the peer device was already unbound, then do not attempt to modify
it's resources, otherwise we will crash on dereferencing non-existing
device.
Fixes: 5c65c564c9 ("net/mlx5e: Support offloading TC NIC hairpin flows")
Signed-off-by: Alaa Hleihel <alaa@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
* TKIP implementation in new devices;
* Fix for the shared antenna setting in 22000 series;
* Report that we set the RU offset in HE code;
* Fix some register addresses in 22000 series;
* Fix one FW feature TLV that had a conflict with another value;
* A couple of fixes for SoftAP mode;
* Work continues for new 22560 hardware;
* Some fixes in the datapath;
* Some debugging and other general fixes;
* Some cleanups, small improvements and other general fixes;
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=5Y2V
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2018-09-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
Second set of iwlwifi patches for 4.20
* TKIP implementation in new devices;
* Fix for the shared antenna setting in 22000 series;
* Report that we set the RU offset in HE code;
* Fix some register addresses in 22000 series;
* Fix one FW feature TLV that had a conflict with another value;
* A couple of fixes for SoftAP mode;
* Work continues for new 22560 hardware;
* Some fixes in the datapath;
* Some debugging and other general fixes;
* Some cleanups, small improvements and other general fixes;
Trivial fix to spelling mistake struct field name, rename it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make sure that wifi device is of supported variant by checking it's CHIP ID
before completing a probe sequence.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Waiting for "completion" to be set in FW load thread can not be used
in case PCIe remove is called before FW load work was scheduled.
Just wait for work completion instead to avoid problems.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Extract platform-independent PCIe driver code into a separate file, and
use it from platform-specific modules.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A few include directives were missing in bus.h resulting in dependency
of include order in other modules. Add missing includes.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Rename several functions to indicate that they are platform specific.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Move platform-independent PCIe data structure to a separate header file
so it can be reused by different devices.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
tx_lock name will later be reused when common pcie code is extracted to
separate files.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation to extract common PCIe driver state, indicate
PEARL-specific structures by their name and move them to pearl-specific
source file.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation to extract common pcie driver state into a separate
structure, rename Pearl-specific state to qtnf_pcie_pearl_state and move
it directly to pearl-specific PCIe source file.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In preparation to extract common qtnfmac PCIe driver sources into a
separate file, move existing Pearl-specific pcie driver sources to pcie/
directory.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Firmware name is only needed at probe stage, no point in keeping it in
driver state structure.
Signed-off-by: Igor Mitsyanko <igor.mitsyanko.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Implement custom rt2800mmio flush routine and change txstatus
routine to read TX_STA_FIFO also in the tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use different tx status timeouts for normal operation and when flushing.
This increase timeout to 2s for normal operation as when there are bad
radio conditions and frames are reposted many times device can not provide
the status for quite long. With new timeout we can still get valid status
on such bad conditions.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Do not check for tx status timeout everytime we perform txstatus tasklet.
Perform check once per half a second.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Use usb txdone/txstatus routines (now in rt2800libc) for mmio devices.
Note this also change how we handle INT_SOURCE_CSR_TX_FIFO_STATUS
interrupt. Now it is disabled since IRQ routine till end of the txstatus
tasklet (the same behaviour like others interrupts). Reason to do not
disable this interrupt was not to miss any tx status from 16 entries
FIFO register. Now, since we check for tx status timeout, we can
allow to miss some tx statuses. However this will be improved in further
patch where I also implement read status FIFO register in the tasklet.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In order to reuse usb txdone/txstatus routines for mmio, move them
to common rt2800lib.c file.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtcoutsrc.c:1327:34:
warning: implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum
btc_chip_interface' to different enumeration type 'enum
wifionly_chip_interface' [-Wenum-conversion]
wifionly_cfg->chip_interface = BTC_INTF_PCI;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtcoutsrc.c:1330:34:
warning: implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum
btc_chip_interface' to different enumeration type 'enum
wifionly_chip_interface' [-Wenum-conversion]
wifionly_cfg->chip_interface = BTC_INTF_USB;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/btcoexist/halbtcoutsrc.c:1333:34:
warning: implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum
btc_chip_interface' to different enumeration type 'enum
wifionly_chip_interface' [-Wenum-conversion]
wifionly_cfg->chip_interface = BTC_INTF_UNKNOWN;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3 warnings generated.
Use the values from the correct enumerated type, wifionly_chip_interface.
BTC_INTF_UNKNOWN = WIFIONLY_INTF_UNKNOWN = 0
BTC_INTF_PCI = WIFIONLY_INTF_PCI = 1
BTC_INTF_USB = WIFIONLY_INTF_USB = 2
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/135
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Clang warns that the address of a pointer will always evaluated as true
in a boolean context:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/debug.c:1031:14: warning: address of
array 'ah->sbands' will always evaluate to 'true'
[-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
BUG_ON(!ah->sbands);
~~~~~^~~~~~
./include/asm-generic/bug.h:61:45: note: expanded from macro 'BUG_ON'
#define BUG_ON(condition) do { if (unlikely(condition)) BUG(); } while (0)
^~~~~~~~~
./include/linux/compiler.h:77:42: note: expanded from macro 'unlikely'
# define unlikely(x) __builtin_expect(!!(x), 0)
^
1 warning generated.
Given that this condition is always false because of the logical not,
just remove it.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/130
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Clang warns that the address of a pointer will always evaluated as true
in a boolean context.
drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_mac80211.c:927:50: warning: address of
array 'key->key' will always evaluate to 'true'
[-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
if (vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION && key->key &&
~~ ~~~~~^~~
1 warning generated.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/136
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Clang warns when multiple pairs of parentheses are used for a single
conditional statement.
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c:5655:28: warning: equality
comparison with extraneous parentheses [-Wparentheses-equality]
if ((priv->ieee->iw_mode == IW_MODE_ADHOC)) {
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c:5655:28: note: remove
extraneous parentheses around the comparison to silence this warning
if ((priv->ieee->iw_mode == IW_MODE_ADHOC)) {
~ ^ ~
drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c:5655:28: note: use '=' to
turn this equality comparison into an assignment
if ((priv->ieee->iw_mode == IW_MODE_ADHOC)) {
^~
=
1 warning generated.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/134
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/pm.c: In function 'wil_suspend_keep_radio_on':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/pm.c:193:16: warning:
variable 'start' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Maya Erez <merez@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
'fops_dump_nfcal' is not used since commit 4447d815fd ("ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Let user can reset station airtime status by debugfs, it will
reset all airtime deficit to ATH_AIRTIME_QUANTUM and reset rx/tx
airtime accumulate to 0.
Signed-off-by: Louie Lu <git@louie.lu>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
CE buffers are cleaned up prior to napi disable and this is causing
NULL pointer dereference due to "use after free".
Disable napi before resource cleanup to avoid "use after free".
Signed-off-by: Govind Singh <govinds@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is unbalanced napi_{enable,disable}() behavior as they
are being called from hif_snoc_{power_up/stop).
The fix is to call napi_enable() from ath10k_snoc_hif_start()
so that it matches with napi_disable() being called from
ath10k_snoc_hif_stop().
Signed-off-by: Govind Singh <govinds@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With the latest firmware design, the beacon interval should be
greater than 100 to bring the multiple vaps.
Set beacon_int_min_gcd to 100, when the wmi service
WMI_SERVICE_VDEV_DIFFERENT_BEACON_INTERVAL_SUPPORT is enabled
in the firmware. If not, beacon_int_min_gcd will be set
to the default value 1.
Tested in QCA4019 with firmware ver 10.4-3.2.1.1-00015
Tested in QCA9888 with firmware ver 10.4-3.5.1-0005
Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <mkenna@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch helps to get the power save state change of each peer
connected to the AP. With WMI_10_4_PEER_STA_PS_STATECHG_EVENTID
event, ps state of each peer is reported to user space via
debugfs.
Use the below command to get the ps state of each sta:
cat /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/netdev::wlanX/stations/
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/peer_ps_state
If STA is in power save state, we get the peer_ps_state value as 1.
if STA is not in power save state, we get the peer_ps_state value as 0.
If ps_state event is disabled, we get the peer_ps_state value as 2.
We can enable/disable the ps_state events using the debugfs flag
"ps_state_enable"
echo Y > /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phyX/ath10k/ps_state_enable
Y = 1 to enable and Y = 0 to disable
Tested in QCA4019 with firmware ver 10.4-3.2.1.1-00011
Signed-off-by: Maharaja Kennadyrajan <mkenna@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
By default the firmware uses 1Mbps and 6Mbps rate for management packets
in 2G and 5G bands respectively. But when the user selects different
basic rates from the userspace, we need to send the management
packets at the lowest basic rate selected by the user.
This change makes use of WMI_VDEV_PARAM_MGMT_RATE param for configuring the
management packets rate to the firmware.
Chipsets Tested : QCA988X, QCA9887, QCA9984
FW Tested : 10.2.4-1.0-41, 10.4-3.6.104
Signed-off-by: Sriram R <srirrama@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The hw_params value will only be used if it was explicitly set in the
global hw_params array.
This makes it possible to have the num_peers member unset.
Signed-off-by: Erik Stromdahl <erik.stromdahl@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Since commit 9d5804662c ("ath10k: retrieve MAC address from system
firmware if provided"), we support pulling our MAC address from system
firmware. Along with this, we should admit that it's possible for system
firmware to be screwed up as well, omitting the MAC address there.
Provide a fallback, such that we choose a randomly-generated MAC
address, with the local assignment bit set.
This is not a preferred mode of operation and really should only serve
the purpose of keeping the system chugging along while someone figures
out what's wrong with the system. Grepping through other wireless
drivers shows very similar fallback logic though, so why not?
git grep eth_random_addr drivers/net/wireless/
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The tx_status for management frames is being filled
incorrectly in the flags of skb_cb. This incorrect
flag setting causes the upper layers to consider that
the particular frame was not transmitted properly,
leading to improper behavior.
Set the IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK flag in the info flags
of skb_cb, to indicate the successful transmission of
the management frame.
Tested HW: WCN3990
Tested FW: WLAN.HL.2.0-01188-QCAHLSWMTPLZ-1
Fixes: dc405152bb
Signed-off-by: Rakesh Pillai <pillair@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The vdev-start-response message should cause the
completion to fire, even in the error case. Otherwise,
the user still gets no useful information and everything
is blocked until the timeout period.
Add some warning text to print out the invalid status
code to aid debugging, and propagate failure code.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If the first virtual interface is a station (or an AP with beacons
temporarily disabled), the beacon of the second interface needs to
occupy hardware beacon slot 0.
For some reason the beacon index was incorrectly masked with the
virtual interface beacon mask, which prevents the secondary
interface from sending beacons unless the first one also does.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
ps-poll response frames can be sent via drv_tx. Store the frame sequence number
for such frames, in case a BlockAckReq needs to be sent
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Hardware station lookup for pspoll frames can fail, which makes the driver
ignore ps-poll frames. Fix the resulting powersave issues by looking up
the station for pspoll frames in software
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x0u_tx_prepare_skb routine in usb module in
order to remove leftover usb dependency from generic code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Read eeprom data from mtd memory by default and fall-back
to efuse if it fails
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76x0e_start and mt76x0e_stop mac80211
callbacks to start/stop device mac opening/closing
the netdevice
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add ieee80211_ops ops pointer to mt76x0_alloc_device routine signature
in order to specify mac80211 callbacks and remove usb dependency from
mt76x0 generic code.
Move mt76x0_ops callbacks in usb module in order to remove leftover
usb dependency in mt76x0 generic code.
Introduce mt76x0e_ops mac80211 callbacks for pci code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_phy_set_rxpath and mt76x02_phy_tx_dac routines in
mt76x02_phy.c since they are shared between mt76x2 and mt76x0 drivers.
Moreover move chainmask variable from mt76x2/mt76x0 to mt76_dev data
structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x0_ant_select routine in __mt76x0_phy_set_channel in order to
configure antenna parameters according to the current wireless channel
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x0e_register_device routine in pci.c
to initialize the device during hw probe.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move usb initialization code in mt76x0-usb module in
order to remove usb dependency from generic init code
(not completed yet). Moreover fix a memory leak in usb probe
if mt76x02_wait_for_mac fails
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76x02_mac_start since the mac start code is shared between
mt76x0e and mt76x2 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Initialize rxfilter mask at bootstrap an not at mac start.
This is a preliminary patch to share mt76x2_mac_start routine
between mt76x2e and mt76x0e drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove MT_PBF_SYS_CTRL configuration in mt76x0_reset_csr_bbp since
it is already initialized in mt76x0_init_mac_registers routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove MT_HEADER_TRANS_CTRL_REG/MT_TSO_CTRL configuration
since they are already initialized in mt76x0_init_mac_registers
routine
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76x02_wait_for_wpdma and mt76x02_wait_for_txrx_idle
utility routines in mt76x0_init_hardware and mt76x0_mac_start
and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move usb mcu code in a dedicated source file in order to remove
usb dependency from generic source files and improve code
maintainability
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move pci mcu code in a dedicated source file in order to
improve maintainability and facilitate new device support
development
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update mac/rf/dcoc initial values to latest version of vendor driver.
Improve code readability
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_wait_for_bbp utility routine in mt76x02_util.h
in order to be resued by mt76x0 driver. Morover rename it in
mt76x02_wait_for_txrx_idle
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mmio implementation of mt76_mmio_rd_rp and
mt76_mmio_wr_rp and remove mt76x2 duplicated code.
mt76_mmio_{wr,rd}_rp allows to reuse mt76x0 init code
adding mt76x0e support
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_beacon_offset utility routine in mt76x02-lib module
since it is shared between mt76x0 and mt76x2 driver and remove
duplicated code. Moreover move beacon_offset data structure in
mt76x02-lib module since it is shared between mt76x0 and mt76x2
drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_dma_init, mt76x02_init_rx_queue and mt76x02_init_tx_queue
routines in mt76x02-lib module in order to be reused by mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_set_irq_mask, mt76x02_irq_enable and mt76x02_irq_disable
in mt76x02-lib module in order to be reused by mt76x0 driver.
Moreover move irq_lock and irqmask in mt76_mmio data structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Introduce mt76x02_dma_enable and mt76x02_dma_disable utility routines
in order to be reused in mt76x0 mac configuration and remove duplicated
code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move wait_for_wpdma utility routine in mt76x02_dma.h
in order to be reused by mt76x0 driver. Moreover add
the possibility to specify the timeout value in
wait_for_wpdma signature
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76_poll utility routine in mt76x0_set_wlan_state to check
if the PLL/XTAL is ready
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the WLAN core is still active during initialization, it might cause
the MCU or DMA to hang. This can happen during soft reboot, so disable
the core + clock early to avoid this issue.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
TP-LINK Archer T1U do not support 2.4GHz band despite EEPROM
reports that. Add quirk to mask out 2.4GHz support.
Reported-by: Sid Hayn <sidhayn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
mt76 uses __skb_pad() with free_on_error set to true, this is the same
as calling skb_pad().
This patch does not change any functionality, but it makes it easier to
backport this driver in backports, because skb_pad() is also available
in older kernel versions.
Fixes: b40b15e152 ("mt76: add usb support to mt76 layer")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
print fw_ver and build_ver members of struct mt76x02_fw_header, similarly
to what appears in the output of 'dmesg' when the MCU firmware is loaded.
Reported-by: Sid Hayn <sidhayn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x0_phy_set_txpower routine in order to configure
base and per rate tx power gain. Moreover take into account
txpower_conf in order to limit the tx power gain according to
the bound provided by mac80211
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use mt76 shared debugfs implementation and remove duplicated code
in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to unify eeprom parsing between mt76x0 and mt76x2 drivers,
remove eeprom pointer dependency from mt76x0_get_power_info routine.
Remove mt76x0_eeprom_params since it is now an empty structure
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In order to unify eeprom parsing between mt76x0 and mt76x2 drivers,
remove eeprom pointer dependency from mt76x0_set_tx_power_per_rate.
Moreover use mt76_rate_power to store power vs rate calibration data.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove mt76x0_extra_power_over_mac and mt76x0_phy_set_tx_power routines
since they are not actually used and tx power handling will be unified
with mt76x2 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_rate_power_val and mt76x2_sign_extend_optional utility
routines in mt76x02_eeprom.h in order to reuse them in mt76x0 eeprom
parsing
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move rate_txpower handler in mt76 debugfs in order to be reused
in mt76x0 driver and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x02_phy_set_txpower utility routine in mt76x02_phy.c
in order to be reused in mt76x0 tx power management code.
Moreover move following routines in mt76x02-lib module:
- mt76x02_tx_power_mask
- mt76x02_get_max_rate_power
- mt76x02_limit_rate_power
- mt76x02_add_rate_power_offset
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76_rate_power data structure from mt76x2_dev to mt76_dev in order
to share it with mt76x0 driver. Moreover move txpower_conf and
txpower_cur in mt76_dev
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We need to return bool value in mt76x02_wait_for_mac.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 2735a6dd7d ("mt76: unify wait_for_mac")
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove not useful WARN_ON macros in mt76u_get_rx_entry_len routine
since corrupted frames should just be silently discarded
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_tssi_enabled and mt76x02_temp_tx_alc_enabled in
mt76x02_eeprom.h in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify parse hw capabilities with mt76x2 driver using
mt76x02_eeprom_parse_hw_cap utility routine available
in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_eeprom_parse_hw_cap utility routine in mt76x02-lib
module in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify frequency offset parsing with mt76x2 driver using
eeprom utility routines available in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify temperature offset parsing with mt76x2 driver using
eeprom utility routines available in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify rssi_offset parsing with mt76x2 driver using eeprom utility
routines available in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Unify lna gain parsing with mt76x2 driver using eeprom utility
routines available in mt76x02-lib module
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt76x02_get_rx_gain and mt76x02_get_lna_gain utility routines
for rx gain parsing. mt76x02_get_rx_gain and mt76x02_get_lna_gain
will be reused for eeprom parsing in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove mt76x0_set_country_reg routine for the moment
since it is partial and it is not actually used
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_ext_pa_enabled utility routine in mt76x02_eeprom.c
and remove duplicated code. This is a preliminary patch to
unify eeprom code between mt76x2 and mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_efuse_read and mt76x2_get_efuse_data in mt76x02_eeprom.c
in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver for eeprom parsing
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x02_mac_setaddr utility routine in mt76x02-lib
module and remove duplicated code. This is a preliminary patch
to unify eeprom code between mt76x2 and mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2_eeprom_get utility routine in mt76x02_eeprom.h since
it will be used to parse mt76x0 eeprom in order to unify eeprom
support between mt76x2 and mt76x0 drivers
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move shared eeprom utility routines in mt76x02_eeprom.h and
remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move mt76x2 and mt76x0 common definitions in mt76x02_eeprom.h
and remove duplicated code
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add stbc tx power eeprom parsing support for mt76x2 driver.
When writing power entries, make a distinction between rates that are
read from the same EEPROM value, but have separate register entries.
No effect on runtime behavior, but preparation for unification with mt76x0
and for placing restrictions on individual rate power limits
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move seq_put_array utility routine in mt76-core module
in order to be reused in mt76x0 driver
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add mt7650 PCI id found on ASUS rt-51ac to pci_device_id table
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix tx power configuration for VHT 1SS/STBC mcs 9 since
in MT_TX_PWR_CFG_{8,9} mcs 8,9 bits are GENMASK(21,16) and
GENMASK(29,24) while GENMASK(15,6) are marked as reserved
Fixes: 7bc04215a6 ("mt76: add driver code for MT76x2e")
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Disable the clk during suspend to save power. Note that tp->clk may be
NULL, the clk core functions handle this without problems.
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Carlo Caione <carlo@endlessm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In regular NIC transmission flow, driver always configures MAC using
Tx queue zero descriptor as a part of MAC learning flow.
But with multi Tx queue supported NIC, regular transmission can occur on
any non-zero Tx queue and from that context it uses
Tx queue zero descriptor to configure MAC, at the same time TX queue
zero could be used by another CPU for regular transmission
which could lead to Tx queue zero descriptor corruption and cause FW
abort.
This patch fixes this in such a way that driver always configures
learned MAC address from the same Tx queue which is used for
regular transmission.
Fixes: 7e2cf4feba ("qlcnic: change driver hardware interface mechanism")
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver does not check for Wake-on-LAN modes specified by an user,
but will conditionally set the device as wake-up enabled or not based on
that, which could be a very confusing user experience.
Fixes: e0e474a83c ("smsc95xx: add wol magic packet support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver does not check for Wake-on-LAN modes specified by an user,
but will conditionally set the device as wake-up enabled or not based on
that, which could be a very confusing user experience.
Fixes: 6c63650326 ("smsc75xx: add wol magic packet support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver does not check for Wake-on-LAN modes specified by an user,
but will conditionally set the device as wake-up enabled or not based on
that, which could be a very confusing user experience.
Fixes: 21ff2e8976 ("r8152: support WOL")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently silently accepts unsupported Wake-on-LAN modes
(other than WAKE_PHY or WAKE_MAGIC) without reporting that to the user,
which is confusing.
Fixes: 19a38d8e0a ("USB2NET : SR9800 : One chip USB2.0 USB2NET SR9800 Device Driver Support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver supports a fair amount of Wake-on-LAN modes, but is not
checking that the user specified one that is supported.
Fixes: 55d7de9de6 ("Microchip's LAN7800 family USB 2/3 to 10/100/1000 Ethernet device driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@Microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently silently accepts unsupported Wake-on-LAN modes
(other than WAKE_PHY or WAKE_MAGIC) without reporting that to the user,
which is confusing.
Fixes: e2ca90c276 ("ax88179_178a: ASIX AX88179_178A USB 3.0/2.0 to gigabit ethernet adapter driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently silently accepts unsupported Wake-on-LAN modes
(other than WAKE_PHY or WAKE_MAGIC) without reporting that to the user,
which is confusing.
Fixes: 2e55cc7210 ("[PATCH] USB: usbnet (3/9) module for ASIX Ethernet adapters")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stefan Schmidt says:
====================
pull-request: ieee802154 for net 2018-09-28
An update from ieee802154 for your *net* tree.
Some cleanup patches throughout the drivers from the Huawei tag team
Yue Haibing and Zhong Jiang.
Xue is replacing some magic numbers with defines in his mcr20a driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_main.c: In function ‘hclge_get_sset_count’:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3pf/hclge_main.c:496:31: error: ‘HNAE3_REVISION_ID_21’ undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean ‘FADT2_REVISION_ID’?
if (hdev->pdev->revision >= HNAE3_REVISION_ID_21 ||
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
FADT2_REVISION_ID
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3_ethtool.c: In function ‘hns3_self_test’:
drivers/net/ethernet/hisilicon/hns3/hns3_ethtool.c:278:15: error: ‘HNS3_SELF_TEST_TYPE_NUM’ undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean ‘HNS3_SELF_TEST_TPYE_NUM’?
int st_param[HNS3_SELF_TEST_TYPE_NUM][2];
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
HNS3_SELF_TEST_TPYE_NUM
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rx_mini_pending was set to an incorrect value. This was causing EINVAL to
always be returned to 'ethtool -G'. The driver does not support mini or
jumbo rings so the respective settings should be zero.
Also, change the valid range of the number of descriptors in the rings to
make the code simpler and easier for users to understand (this removes the
valid settings of 8 and 16). Add a system log message indicating when the
number is rounded-up from what the user specifies with the 'ethtool -G'
command (i.e. when it is not a multiple of 32), and update the log message
when a user-provided value is out of range to also indicate the stride.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes a couple of changes in the way the driver uses the
"get capabilities" command.
1. Get device capabilities in addition to function capabilities
2. Align to latest spec by using cap_count to determine size of the
buffer in case of length error.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Query the Tx scheduler tree node information from FW before adding it to
the driver's software database. This will keep the node information current
in driver.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously the comment stated that VSI lists should be used when a
second VSI becomes a subscriber to the "VLAN address". VSI lists
are always used for VLAN membership, so replace "VLAN address" with
"MAC address". Also note that VLAN(s) always use VSI list rules.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have MAX_FW_API_VER_BRANCH, MAX_FW_API_VER_MAJOR, and
MAX_FW_API_VER_MINOR that we use in ice_controlq.h to test when a
firmware version is newer than expected. This is currently tested by
comparing each field separately. Thus, we compare the branch field
against the MAX_FW_API_VER_BRANCH, and so forth.
This means that currently, if we suppose that the max firmware version
is defined as 0.2.1, i.e.
Then firmware 0.1.3 will fail to load. This is because the minor version
3 is greater than the max minor version 1.
This is not intuitive, because of the notion that increasing the major
firmware version to 2 should mean any firmware version with a major
version is less than 2 should be considered older than 2...
In order to allow both 0.2.1 and 0.1.3 to load, you would have to define
the "max" firmware version as 0.2.3.. It is possible that such
a firmware version doesn't even exist yet!
Fix this by replacing the current logic with an updated check that
behaves as follows:
First, we check the major version. If it is greater than the expected
version, then we prevent driver load. Additionally, a warning message is
logged to indicate to the system administrator that they need to update
their driver. This is now the only case where the driver will refuse to
load.
Second, if the major version is less than the expected version, we log
an information message indicating the NVM should be updated.
Third, if the major version is exact, we'll then check the minor
version. If the minor version is more than two versions less than
expected, we log an information message indicating the NVM should be
updated. If it is more than two versions greater than the expected
version, we log an information message that the driver should be
updated.
To support this, the ice_aq_ver_check function needs its signature
updated to pass the HW structure. Since we now pass this structure,
there is no need to pass the firmware API versions separately.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update branding strings and remove device ids 0x1594 and 0x1595.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Direct assignment is preferred over a memcpy()
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When shutting down the controlqs, we check if they are initialized
before we shut them down and destroy the lock. This is important, as it
prevents attempts to access the lock of an already shutdown queue.
Unfortunately, we checked rq.head and sq.head as the value to determine
if the queue was initialized. This doesn't work, because head is not
reset when the queue is shutdown. In some flows, the adminq will have
already been shut down prior to calling ice_shutdown_all_ctrlqs. This
can result in a crash due to attempting to access the already destroyed
mutex.
Fix this by using rq.count and sq.count instead. Indeed, ice_shutdown_sq
and ice_shutdown_rq already indicate that this is the value we should be
using to determine of the queue was initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake struct field name, rename it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ibmvnic uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
ibmvnic_netpoll_controller() was completely wrong anyway,
as it was scheduling NAPI to service RX queues (instead of TX),
so I doubt netpoll ever worked on this driver.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
sfc-falcon uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
Cc: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Cc: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Acked-By: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
sfc uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Cc: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
Acked-By: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ena uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Netanel Belgazal <netanel@amazon.com>
Cc: Saeed Bishara <saeedb@amazon.com>
Cc: Zorik Machulsky <zorik@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
netxen uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Cc: Rahul Verma <rahul.verma@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
qlcnic uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Harish Patil <harish.patil@cavium.com>
Cc: Manish Chopra <manish.chopra@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
virto_net uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
hns uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Cc: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ehea uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Douglas Miller <dougmill@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
hinic uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Note that hinic_netpoll() was incorrectly scheduling NAPI
on both RX and TX queues.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Aviad Krawczyk <aviad.krawczyk@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-09-27
This series contains fixes to the ice driver only.
Jake fixes a potential crash due to attempting to access the mutex which
is already destroyed. Fix this by using rq.count and sq.count to
determine if the queue was initialized. Fixed the current logic for
checking the firmware version to properly handle situations when
firmware major/minor versions differ and when the branch version
differs.
Bruce replaces a memcpy() with a direct assignment, which is preferred.
Also updated the branding strings and device ids supported by the
driver. Fixed the "ethtool -G" command in the driver, which was always
returning EINVAL when changing the descriptor ring size.
Brett update and clarified code comments.
Anirudh updates the driver to ensure we query the firmware for the
transmit scheduler node information before adding it to the driver
database, to ensure we have the current information. Also update the
"get capabilities" command to get device and function capabilities.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* two new spectre-v1 mitigations in nl80211
* TX status fix in general, and mesh in particular
* powersave vs. offchannel fix
* regulatory initialization fix
* fix for a queue hang due to a bad return value
* allocate TXQs for active monitor interfaces, fixing my
earlier patch to avoid unnecessary allocations where I
missed this case needed them
* fix TDLS data frames priority assignment
* fix scan results processing to take into account duplicate
channel numbers (over different operating classes, but we
don't necessarily know the operating class)
* various hwsim fixes for radio destruction and new radio
announcement messages
* remove an extraneous kernel-doc line
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ySdv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-09-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
More patches than I'd like perhaps, but each seems reasonable:
* two new spectre-v1 mitigations in nl80211
* TX status fix in general, and mesh in particular
* powersave vs. offchannel fix
* regulatory initialization fix
* fix for a queue hang due to a bad return value
* allocate TXQs for active monitor interfaces, fixing my
earlier patch to avoid unnecessary allocations where I
missed this case needed them
* fix TDLS data frames priority assignment
* fix scan results processing to take into account duplicate
channel numbers (over different operating classes, but we
don't necessarily know the operating class)
* various hwsim fixes for radio destruction and new radio
announcement messages
* remove an extraneous kernel-doc line
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The structure shared between driver and the management FW (mfw) differ in
sizes. This would lead to issues when driver try to access the structure
members which are not-aligned with the mfw copy e.g., data_ptr usage in the
case of mfw_tlv request.
Align the driver structure with mfw copy, add reserved field(s) to driver
structure for the members not used by the driver.
Fixes: dd006921d6 ("qed: Add MFW interfaces for TLV request support.)
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
The user's coal configuration will be lost after reset, so the tx_coal
and rx_coal fields are added to the struct hns_nic_priv to save the coal
configuration and used to restore the user's configuration after the reset
is complete.
Fixes: bb6b94a896 ("net: hns3: Add reset interface implementation in client")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current hns3_get_max_available_channels returns the total number
of queues for the device, which makes ethtool -L set the number of queues
per channel queues incorrectly, so hns3_get_max_available_channels should
return the maximum available number of queues per channel, depending on
the total number of queues allocated and the hardware configurations.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hclge_tm_schd_info_update should return an error when num_tc is greater
than alloc_tqps.
This patch changes the return type of hnae3_register_ae_algo from void
to int.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently hns3_nic_change_mtu will try to down the netdev before
setting mtu, and it does not up the netdev when the setting fails,
which causes netdev not up problem.
This patch fixes it by not returning when the setting fails.
Fixes: a8e8b7ff35 ("net: hns3: Add support to change MTU in HNS3 hardware")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware expects a unit of 128 bytes when setting
packet buffer. When calculating the packet buffer size,
hclge_rx_buffer_calc does not round up the size as a unit
of 128 byte, which may casue packet lost problem when stress
testing.
This patch fixes it by rounding up packet size when calculating.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds serdes parallel inner loopback support for self test.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In fact, our implementation of mac loopback is the implementation of app
loopback now. Current name is wrong. This patch renames mac loopback to
app loopback.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our loop mode includes mac loop, serdes loop and phy loop. Not all of them
are related with mac. This patch corrects their names.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The extra mac address of pause param is used to do double check
for pause frame. This patch set it to HW. If we do not do that,
pfc pause frame will be transferred protocol stack when normal
flow control mode is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for sctp checksum offload.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When B53_SERDES is a loadable module, a built-in srab driver still
cannot reach it, so the previous fix is incomplete:
b53_srab.c:(.text+0x3f4): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_init'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xe64): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_link_state'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xe74): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_link_set'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xe88): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_an_restart'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xea0): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_phylink_validate'
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_srab.o:(.rodata+0xea4): undefined reference to `b53_serdes_config'
Add a Kconfig dependency that forces srab to also be a module
in this case, but allow it to be built-in when serdes is
disabled or built-in.
Fixes: 7a8c7f5c30 ("net: dsa: b53: Fix build with B53_SRAB enabled and not B53_SERDES")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newly added runtime-pm support causes a harmless warning
when CONFIG_PM is disabled:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bcm-unimac.c:330:12: error: 'unimac_mdio_resume' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
static int unimac_mdio_resume(struct device *d)
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bcm-unimac.c:321:12: error: 'unimac_mdio_suspend' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
static int unimac_mdio_suspend(struct device *d)
Marking the functions as __maybe_unused is the easiest workaround
and avoids adding #ifdef checks.
Fixes: b78ac6ecd1 ("net: phy: mdio-bcm-unimac: Allow configuring MDIO clock divider")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc points out that the length of the temporary buffer may not be sufficient for
large numbers of leds:
drivers/net/phy/mscc.c: In function 'vsc85xx_probe':
drivers/net/phy/mscc.c:460:45: error: '-mode' directive writing 5 bytes into a region of size between 0 and 9 [-Werror=format-overflow=]
ret = sprintf(led_dt_prop, "vsc8531,led-%d-mode", i);
^~~~~
drivers/net/phy/mscc.c:460:9: note: 'sprintf' output between 19 and 28 bytes into a destination of size 22
ret = sprintf(led_dt_prop, "vsc8531,led-%d-mode", i);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
While we can make a reasonable assumption that the number of LEDs is small,
the cost of making the buffer a little bigger is insignificant as well.
Fixes: 11bfdabb7f ("net: phy: mscc: factorize code for LEDs mode")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch that removed the only users of the oldadv/newadv variables
accidentally left the now-unused declarations behind:
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa/dpaa_ethtool.c: In function 'dpaa_set_pauseparam':
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa/dpaa_ethtool.c:185:14: error: unused variable 'oldadv' [-Werror=unused-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/dpaa/dpaa_ethtool.c:185:6: error: unused variable 'newadv' [-Werror=unused-variable]
Fixes: 70814e819c ("net: ethernet: Add helper for set_pauseparam for Asym Pause")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/aquantia/atlantic/hw_atl/hw_atl_utils.c:873:5: warning:
symbol 'aq_fw1x_set_power' was not declared. Should it be static?
Fixes: a0da96c08c ("net: aquantia: implement WOL support")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c: In function 'qed_ooo_delete_isles':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c:354:30: warning:
variable 'p_archipelago' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c: In function 'qed_ooo_join_isles':
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_ooo.c:463:30: warning:
variable 'p_archipelago' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Since commit 1eec2437d1 ("qed: Make OOO archipelagos into an array"),
'p_archipelago' is no longer in use.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct mcr20a_platform_data is uesed only in probe function
and it holds only one member. So it is not necessary to reserve it.
Using gpiod family API to handle reset pin.
Signed-off-by: Xue Liu <liuxuenetmail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Support for setting keys for TKIP cipher suite was mistakenly removed
for AP mode. Fix this.
Fixes: 85aeb58cec ("iwlwifi: mvm: Enable security on new TX API")
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The capability bit was added to the driver and had been negotiated
with the firmware, but then got forgotten in the firmware and later
reused for a different capability. Now the firmware added it in a
new bit.
Fixes: 2eabc84d2f ("iwlwifi: mvm: only send LEDS_CMD when the FW supports it")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
As a temporary stage in the 22560 devices bring up, we disabled
power save, to avoid bugs related to that domain.
Now we would like to use power save so enable the balanced mode,
and allow configuring the mode via module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In future devices we will have more than one debug buffer.
Prepare the infrastructure for allocation and release of
multiple debug buffers by grouping the variables in an array
of structures and moving it to trans section, where they will
be visible to opmode and FW.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We want to be able to build A-MSDUs in higher layers, e.g. by
xmit_more, so support transmitting SKBs with fraglist to use
it for such.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We no longer want to consider the RSSI if the beacon / probe
has been heard on an adjacent channel.
This was based on a firmware capability that is now
unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The new coex schema requires setting the non-shared antenna
for the single_stream_ant_msk field in the TLC command.
Signed-off-by: Erel Geron <erelx.geron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When operating as a soft ap with wep security, the key was not
configured to the fw for the stations, based on the fact that the
key will be specified in the tx command.
However, in the new tx api the tx command does not include the key,
which resulted in all data frames going out un-encrypted.
Fix it by configuring the key for all the stations as they are added.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Current FIFO size calculation is wrong for two reasons:
- We access lmac 0 by default
- We don't take 11ax into consideration.
Fix both.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
RB size can be configured by user to be greater than 4K.
That's needed for monitor to capture big AMSDUs.
The firmware now enables different RB sizes configuration
via context info.
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Since AMSDUs are not de-aggregated by HW in monitor mode,
we still need the option for setting large RBs (up to 12K).
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Today, the length of a debug message in iwl_trans_pcie_reclaim
may pass the MAX_MSG_LEN, which is 110.
An example for this kind of message is:
'iwl_trans_pcie_reclaim: Read index for DMA queue txq id (2),
last_to_free 65535 is out of range [0-65536] 2 2.'
Cut the message a bit so it will fit the allowed MAX_MSG_LEN.
Signed-off-by: Golan Ben Ami <golan.ben.ami@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If the HW is not responding at probe time, fail immediately complaining
about it. Without this, we see that the kernel spends > 100ms trying to
load firmware (even gives an incorrect impression that it actually
loaded a firmware) and do unnecesary processing before concluding that
the device is not accessible:
INFO kernel: [ 34.092678] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
WARNING kernel: [ 34.093560] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: Direct firmware load for iwl-dbg-cfg.ini failed with error -2
INFO kernel: [ 34.111523] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: loaded firmware version 17.318154.0 op_mode iwlmvm
INFO kernel: [ 34.173250] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: Detected Intel(R) Dual Band Wireless AC 7265, REV=0xFFFFFFFF
ERR kernel: [ 34.198023] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: iwlwifi transaction failed, dumping registers
ERR kernel: [ 34.198044] iwlwifi 0000:01:00.0: iwlwifi device config registers:
Signed-off-by: Rajat Jain <rajatja@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
This will allow us to reuse the function later for adding fraglist
SKBs to the TFD.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
When anything fails, we unmap the whole TFD in three different
places scattered throughout the code. Unify this to a single
place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
If the incoming frame should be an A-MSDU, it may already be one,
for example in the case of NAN multicast being encapsulated in an
A-MSDU. Thus, use the GSO algorithm to build A-MSDU only if the
skb actually contains GSO data.
Fixes: 6ffe5de35b ("iwlwifi: pcie: add AMSDU to gen2")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Move the skb fragment loop into a helper routine to be able
to reuse it later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Annotate the compressed BA notification array sizes and
make both of them 0-length since the length of 1 is just
confusing - it may be different than that and the offset
to the second one needs to be calculated in the C code
anyhow.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Make the adjustments for gen2 TX and RX of TKIP packets. Strip MIC on
RX. Don't add IV space and keep the MIC space zeroed on TX.
Devices that support gen2 data path support TKIP only in station mode.
In all other modes, fall back to SW encryption. Do this early in the
set_key() callback so that the key flags would not be incorrectly set.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
For newer devices we have higher range of periphery
addresses. Currently it is masked out, so we end up
reading another address.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In order to receive TB (Trigger Based) PPDU in monitor mode,
the Driver must send the HE_AIR_SNIFFER_CONFIG_CMD host command.
Enable that via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
CDB support has nothing to do with non unified image.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The non-shared antenna was wrong for 22000 device series.
Fix it to ANT_B for correct antenna preference by coex in MVM driver.
Fixes: e34d975e40 ("iwlwifi: Add a000 HW family support")
Signed-off-by: Erel Geron <erelx.geron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We can dump data from the firmware either when it crashes,
or when the firmware is alive.
Not all the data is available if the firmware is running
(like the Tx / Rx FIFOs which are available only when the
firmware is halted), so we first check that the firmware
is alive to compute the required size for the dump and then
fill the buffer with the data.
When we allocate the buffer, we test the STATUS_FW_ERROR
bit to check if the firmware is alive or not. This bit
can be changed during the course of the dump since it is
modified in the interrupt handler.
We hit a case where we allocate the buffer while the
firmware is sill working, and while we start to fill the
buffer, the firmware crashes. Then we test STATUS_FW_ERROR
again and decide to fill the buffer with data like the
FIFOs even if no room was allocated for this data in the
buffer. This means that we overflow the buffer that was
allocated leading to memory corruption.
To fix this, test the STATUS_FW_ERROR bit only once and
rely on local variables to check if we should dump fifos
or other firmware components.
Fixes: 04fd2c2822 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add rxf and txf to dump data")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Alexei's patch, assumed that all versions of "struct iwl_error_event_table"
are the same, but there are really different versions in different files.
Rather than trying to fix this, or splitting the tracepoint, or anything of
the sort, just remove it entirely - turns out that nobody really uses it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
We already report the RU offset, so we'd better also
report that we know the value.
Fixes: e5721e3f77 ("iwlwifi: mvm: add radiotap data for HE")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Check the actual bit (mask) in Rx notification rate_n_flags.
Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Cleanup of the debug flow by moving several flows to separate
functions to increase readability. Three functions were created:
1. iwl_fw_get_prph_len - returns the size needed for periphery dump.
2. iwl_fw_dump_mem for - executes the memory dumping flow.
3. iwl_trans_get_fw_monitor_len - returns the size needed for monitor dump.
Signed-off-by: Shahar S Matityahu <shahar.s.matityahu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
There's no value in having an anonymous struct for holding
a few fields, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In new devices, access to periphery is forbidden. Send instead
host command to start and stop debugging.
Memory allocation is written in context info, but in case we
need to update it there is a dedicated command. Add definitions,
currently unused, of the new command.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Move the restart FW debug code to a function. This avoids code
duplication and lays the infra to support the new start and stop
host commands in some future devices.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
The SP length in the ADD_STA command is an actual number of
frames, and not the SP len as it appears in the WME IE.
Fix that comment. The actual code is fine.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
In the quest to remove all stack VLA usage from the kernel[1], this
replaces struct crypto_skcipher and SKCIPHER_REQUEST_ON_STACK() usage
with struct crypto_sync_skcipher and SYNC_SKCIPHER_REQUEST_ON_STACK(),
which uses a fixed stack size.
[1] https://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: linux-ppp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
- Fix a long standing race bug when destroying comp_event file descriptors
- srp, hfi1, bnxt_re: Various driver crashes from missing validation and
other cases
- Fixes for regressions in patches merged this window in the gid cache,
devx, ucma and uapi.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=cjxG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Jason writes:
"Second RDMA rc pull request
- Fix a long standing race bug when destroying comp_event file descriptors
- srp, hfi1, bnxt_re: Various driver crashes from missing validation
and other cases
- Fixes for regressions in patches merged this window in the gid
cache, devx, ucma and uapi."
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma:
RDMA/core: Set right entry state before releasing reference
IB/mlx5: Destroy the DEVX object upon error flow
IB/uverbs: Free uapi on destroy
RDMA/bnxt_re: Fix system crash during RDMA resource initialization
IB/hfi1: Fix destroy_qp hang after a link down
IB/hfi1: Fix context recovery when PBC has an UnsupportedVL
IB/hfi1: Invalid user input can result in crash
IB/hfi1: Fix SL array bounds check
RDMA/uverbs: Fix validity check for modify QP
IB/srp: Avoid that sg_reset -d ${srp_device} triggers an infinite loop
ucma: fix a use-after-free in ucma_resolve_ip()
RDMA/uverbs: Atomically flush and mark closed the comp event queue
cxgb4: fix abort_req_rss6 struct
.max_tfd_queue_size was ommited for 1000 card serries leading to oops in
swiotlb.
Fixes: 7b3e42ea2e ("iwlwifi: support multiple tfd queue max sizes for different devices")
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rx_mini_pending was set to an incorrect value. This was causing EINVAL to
always be returned to 'ethtool -G'. The driver does not support mini or
jumbo rings so the respective settings should be zero.
Also, change the valid range of the number of descriptors in the rings to
make the code simpler and easier for users to understand (this removes the
valid settings of 8 and 16). Add a system log message indicating when the
number is rounded-up from what the user specifies with the 'ethtool -G'
command (i.e. when it is not a multiple of 32), and update the log message
when a user-provided value is out of range to also indicate the stride.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes a couple of changes in the way the driver uses the
"get capabilities" command.
1. Get device capabilities in addition to function capabilities
2. Align to latest spec by using cap_count to determine size of the
buffer in case of length error.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The combination of defined constants are used to present the
state of IRQ so the magic numbers has been replaced.
This is a simple coding style change which should have no impact on
runtime code execution.
Signed-off-by: Xue Liu <liuxuenetmail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Query the Tx scheduler tree node information from FW before adding it to
the driver's software database. This will keep the node information current
in driver.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously the comment stated that VSI lists should be used when a
second VSI becomes a subscriber to the "VLAN address". VSI lists
are always used for VLAN membership, so replace "VLAN address" with
"MAC address". Also note that VLAN(s) always use VSI list rules.
Signed-off-by: Brett Creeley <brett.creeley@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have MAX_FW_API_VER_BRANCH, MAX_FW_API_VER_MAJOR, and
MAX_FW_API_VER_MINOR that we use in ice_controlq.h to test when a
firmware version is newer than expected. This is currently tested by
comparing each field separately. Thus, we compare the branch field
against the MAX_FW_API_VER_BRANCH, and so forth.
This means that currently, if we suppose that the max firmware version
is defined as 0.2.1, i.e.
Then firmware 0.1.3 will fail to load. This is because the minor version
3 is greater than the max minor version 1.
This is not intuitive, because of the notion that increasing the major
firmware version to 2 should mean any firmware version with a major
version is less than 2 should be considered older than 2...
In order to allow both 0.2.1 and 0.1.3 to load, you would have to define
the "max" firmware version as 0.2.3.. It is possible that such
a firmware version doesn't even exist yet!
Fix this by replacing the current logic with an updated check that
behaves as follows:
First, we check the major version. If it is greater than the expected
version, then we prevent driver load. Additionally, a warning message is
logged to indicate to the system administrator that they need to update
their driver. This is now the only case where the driver will refuse to
load.
Second, if the major version is less than the expected version, we log
an information message indicating the NVM should be updated.
Third, if the major version is exact, we'll then check the minor
version. If the minor version is more than two versions less than
expected, we log an information message indicating the NVM should be
updated. If it is more than two versions greater than the expected
version, we log an information message that the driver should be
updated.
To support this, the ice_aq_ver_check function needs its signature
updated to pass the HW structure. Since we now pass this structure,
there is no need to pass the firmware API versions separately.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update branding strings and remove device ids 0x1594 and 0x1595.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Direct assignment is preferred over a memcpy()
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When shutting down the controlqs, we check if they are initialized
before we shut them down and destroy the lock. This is important, as it
prevents attempts to access the lock of an already shutdown queue.
Unfortunately, we checked rq.head and sq.head as the value to determine
if the queue was initialized. This doesn't work, because head is not
reset when the queue is shutdown. In some flows, the adminq will have
already been shut down prior to calling ice_shutdown_all_ctrlqs. This
can result in a crash due to attempting to access the already destroyed
mutex.
Fix this by using rq.count and sq.count instead. Indeed, ice_shutdown_sq
and ice_shutdown_rq already indicate that this is the value we should be
using to determine of the queue was initialized.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
debugfs_remove has taken the IS_ERR into account. Just
remove the unnecessary condition.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
The current netpoll implementation in the bnxt_en driver has problems
that may miss TX completion events. bnxt_poll_work() in effect is
only handling at most 1 TX packet before exiting. In addition,
there may be in flight TX completions that ->poll() may miss even
after we fix bnxt_poll_work() to handle all visible TX completions.
netpoll may not call ->poll() again and HW may not generate IRQ
because the driver does not ARM the IRQ when the budget (0 for netpoll)
is reached.
We fix it by handling all TX completions and to always ARM the IRQ
when we exit ->poll() with 0 budget.
Also, the logic to ACK the completion ring in case it is almost filled
with TX completions need to be adjusted to take care of the 0 budget
case, as discussed with Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Tested-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When add vxlan ttl inherit support, I forgot to fill it when dump
vlxan info. Fix it now.
Fixes: 72f6d71e49 ("vxlan: add ttl inherit support")
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta controller can handle speeds up to 2500Mbps on the SGMII
interface. This relies on serdes configuration, the lane must be
configured at 3.125Gbps and we can't use in-band autoneg at that speed.
The main issue when supporting that speed on this particular controller
is that the link partner can send ethernet frames with a shortened
preamble, which if not explicitly enabled in the controller will cause
unexpected behaviours.
This was tested on Armada 385, with the comphy configuration done in
bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A HWMON device is only registered is the SFP module supports the
diagnostic page and is complient to SFF8472. Don't unconditionally
unregister the hwmon device when the SFP module is remove, otherwise
we access data structures which don't exist.
Reported-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Fixes: 1323061a01 ("net: phy: sfp: Add HWMON support for module sensors")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:1713:25: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum tcp_ip_version' to different
enumeration type 'enum qed_tcp_ip_version' [-Wenum-conversion]
cm_info->ip_version = TCP_IPV4;
~ ^~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_iwarp.c:1733:25: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum tcp_ip_version' to different
enumeration type 'enum qed_tcp_ip_version' [-Wenum-conversion]
cm_info->ip_version = TCP_IPV6;
~ ^~~~~~~~
2 warnings generated.
Use the appropriate values from the expected type, qed_tcp_ip_version:
TCP_IPV4 = QED_TCP_IPV4 = 0
TCP_IPV6 = QED_TCP_IPV6 = 1
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/125
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when a constant is used in a boolean context as it thinks a
bitwise operation may have been intended.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c:415:27: warning: use of logical
'&&' with constant operand [-Wconstant-logical-operand]
if (!p_iov->b_pre_fp_hsi &&
^
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c:415:27: note: use '&' for a
bitwise operation
if (!p_iov->b_pre_fp_hsi &&
^~
&
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c:415:27: note: remove constant
to silence this warning
if (!p_iov->b_pre_fp_hsi &&
~^~
1 warning generated.
This has been here since commit 1fe614d10f ("qed: Relax VF firmware
requirements") and I am not entirely sure why since 0 isn't a special
case. Just remove the statement causing Clang to warn since it isn't
required.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/126
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b89f04c61e ("bonding: deliver link-local packets with
skb->dev set to link that packets arrived on") changed the behavior
of how link-local-multicast packets are processed. The change in
the behavior broke some legacy use cases where these packets are
expected to arrive on bonding master device also.
This patch passes the packet to the stack with the link it arrived
on as well as passes to the bonding-master device to preserve the
legacy use case.
Fixes: b89f04c61e ("bonding: deliver link-local packets with skb->dev set to link that packets arrived on")
Reported-by: Michal Soltys <soltys@ziu.info>
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:153:12: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum roce_mode' to different
enumeration type 'enum roce_flavor' [-Wenum-conversion]
flavor = ROCE_V2_IPV6;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_roce.c:156:12: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum roce_mode' to different
enumeration type 'enum roce_flavor' [-Wenum-conversion]
flavor = MAX_ROCE_MODE;
~ ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
2 warnings generated.
Use the appropriate values from the expected type, roce_flavor:
ROCE_V2_IPV6 = RROCE_IPV6 = 2
MAX_ROCE_MODE = MAX_ROCE_FLAVOR = 3
While we're add it, ditch the local variable flavor, we can just return
the value directly from the switch statement.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/125
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang complains when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to
another.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c:686:6: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_mode' to different
enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
QED_MODE_L2GENEVE_TUNN,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Update mask's parameter to expect qed_tunn_mode, which is what was
intended.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/125
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:163:25: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->vxlan.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:165:26: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->l2_gre.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:167:26: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->ip_gre.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:169:29: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->l2_geneve.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_sp_commands.c:171:29: warning:
implicit conversion from enumeration type 'enum tunnel_clss' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_tunn_clss' [-Wenum-conversion]
p_tun->ip_geneve.tun_cls = type;
~ ^~~~
5 warnings generated.
Avoid this by changing type to an int.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/125
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in ms_to_errno array of error messages
and remove confusing "not" from the error text since the error code
refers to an uninitialized error code.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in DP_VERBOSE message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Core of the problem is that phy_suspend() suspends the PHY when it
should not because of WoL. phy_suspend() checks for WoL already, but
this works only if the PHY driver handles WoL (what is rarely the case).
Typically WoL is handled by the MAC driver.
This patch uses new member wol_enabled of struct net_device as
additional criteria in the check when not to suspend the PHY because
of WoL.
Last but not least change phy_detach() to call phy_suspend() before
attached_dev is set to NULL. phy_suspend() accesses attached_dev
when checking whether the MAC driver activated WoL.
Fixes: f1e911d5d0 ("r8169: add basic phylib support")
Fixes: e8cfd9d6c7 ("net: phy: call state machine synchronously in phy_stop")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Actually there's nothing wrong with the two changes marked as "Fixes",
they just revealed a problem which has been existing before.
After having switched r8169 to phylib it was reported that WoL from
shutdown doesn't work any longer (WoL from suspend isn't affected).
Reason is that during shutdown phy_disconnect()->phy_detach()->
phy_suspend() is called.
A similar issue occurs when the phylib state machine calls
phy_suspend() when handling state PHY_HALTED.
Core of the problem is that phy_suspend() suspends the PHY when it
should not due to WoL. phy_suspend() checks for WoL already, but this
works only if the PHY driver handles WoL (what is rarely the case).
Typically WoL is handled by the MAC driver.
phylib knows about this and handles it in mdio_bus_phy_may_suspend(),
but that's used only when suspending the system, not in other cases
like shutdown.
Therefore factor out the relevant check from
mdio_bus_phy_may_suspend() to a new function phy_may_suspend() and
use it in phy_suspend().
Last but not least change phy_detach() to call phy_suspend() before
attached_dev is set to NULL. phy_suspend() accesses attached_dev
when checking whether the MAC driver activated WoL.
Fixes: f1e911d5d0 ("r8169: add basic phylib support")
Fixes: e8cfd9d6c7 ("net: phy: call state machine synchronously in phy_stop")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival cleanup, list_move_tail will implement the same function that
list_del() + list_add_tail() will do. hence just replace them.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trival cleanup, list_move_tail will implement the same function that
list_del() + list_add_tail() will do. hence just replace them.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The allocation of hwsim radio identifiers uses a post-increment from 0,
so the first radio has idx 0. This idx is explicitly excluded from
multicast announcements ever since, but it is unclear why.
Drop that idx check and announce the first radio as well. This makes
userspace happy if it relies on these events.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The asynchronous destruction from a work-queue of radios tagged with
destroy-on-close may race with the owning namespace about to exit,
resulting in potential use-after-free of that namespace.
Instead of using a work-queue, move radios about to destroy to a
temporary list, which can be worked on synchronously after releasing
the lock. This should be safe to do from the netlink socket notifier,
as the namespace is guaranteed to not get released.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The cleanup of radios during namespace exit has recently been reworked
to directly delete a radio while temporarily releasing the spinlock,
fixing a race condition between the work-queue execution and namespace
exits. However, the temporary unlock allows unsafe modifications on the
iterated list, resulting in a potential crash when continuing the
iteration of additional radios.
Move radios about to destroy to a temporary list, and clean that up
after releasing the spinlock once iteration is complete.
Fixes: 8cfd36a0b5 ("mac80211_hwsim: fix use-after-free bug in hwsim_exit_net")
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Local variable 'autoneg' doesn't even exist:
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c: In function 'm88e1121_config_aneg':
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c:468:25: error: 'autoneg' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'put_net'?
if (phydev->autoneg != autoneg || changed) {
^~~~~~~
Fixes: d6ab933647 ("net: phy: marvell: Avoid unnecessary soft reset")
Reported-by:Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver uses devm_ioremap_resource() which is only available when
CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM is set, make the driver depend on this config option.
User mode Linux does not have CONFIG_HAS_IOMEM set and the driver was
failing on this architecture.
Fixes: 14fceff477 ("net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel DSA driver for vrx200")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BMCR.RESET bit on the Marvell PHYs has a special meaning in that
it commits the register writes into the HW for it to latch and be
configured appropriately. Doing software resets causes link drops, and
this is unnecessary disruption if nothing changed.
Determine from marvell_set_polarity()'s return code whether the register value
was changed and if it was, propagate that to the logic that hits the software
reset bit.
This avoids doing unnecessary soft reset if the PHY is configured in
the same state it was previously, this also eliminates the need for a
m88e1111_config_aneg() function since it now is the same as
marvell_config_aneg().
Tested-by: Wang, Dongsheng <dongsheng.wang@hxt-semitech.com>
Tested-by: Chris Healy <cphealy@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While consolidating the PHY reset in phy_init_hw() an unconditionaly
BMCR soft-reset I became quite trigger happy with those. This was later
on deactivated for the Generic PHY driver on the premise that a prior
software entity (e.g: bootloader) might have applied workarounds in
commit 0878fff1f4 ("net: phy: Do not perform software reset for
Generic PHY").
Since we have a hook to wire-up a soft_reset callback, just use that and
get rid of the call to genphy_soft_reset() entirely. This speeds up
initialization and link establishment for most PHYs out there that do
not require a reset.
Fixes: 87aa9f9c61 ("net: phy: consolidate PHY reset in phy_init_hw()")
Tested-by: Wang, Dongsheng <dongsheng.wang@hxt-semitech.com>
Tested-by: Chris Healy <cphealy@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-09-25
This series contains updates to i40e and xsk.
Mariusz fixes an issue where the VF link state was not being updated
properly when the PF is down or up. Also cleaned up the promiscuous
configuration during a VF reset.
Patryk simplifies the code a bit to use the variables for PF and HW that
are declared, rather than using the VSI pointers. Cleaned up the
message length parameter to several virtchnl functions, since it was not
being used (or needed).
Harshitha fixes two potential race conditions when trying to change VF
settings by creating a helper function to validate that the VF is
enabled and that the VSI is set up.
Sergey corrects a double "link down" message by putting in a check for
whether or not the link is up or going down.
Björn addresses an AF_XDP zero-copy issue that buffers passed
from userspace to the kernel was leaked when the hardware descriptor
ring was torn down. A zero-copy capable driver picks buffers off the
fill ring and places them on the hardware receive ring to be completed at
a later point when DMA is complete. Similar on the transmit side; The
driver picks buffers off the transmit ring and places them on the
transmit hardware ring.
In the typical flow, the receive buffer will be placed onto an receive
ring (completed to the user), and the transmit buffer will be placed on
the completion ring to notify the user that the transfer is done.
However, if the driver needs to tear down the hardware rings for some
reason (interface goes down, reconfiguration and such), the userspace
buffers cannot be leaked. They have to be reused or completed back to
userspace.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an AF_XDP UMEM is attached to any of the Rx rings, we disallow a
user to change the number of descriptors via e.g. "ethtool -G IFNAME".
Otherwise, the size of the stash/reuse queue can grow unbounded, which
would result in OOM or leaking userspace buffers.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Outstanding Rx descriptors are temporarily stored on a stash/reuse
queue. When/if the HW rings comes up again, entries from the stash are
used to re-populate the ring.
The latter required some restructuring of the allocation scheme for
the AF_XDP zero-copy implementation. There is now a fast, and a slow
allocation. The "fast allocation" is used from the fast-path and
obtains free buffers from the fill ring and the internal recycle
mechanism. The "slow allocation" is only used in ring setup, and
obtains buffers from the fill ring and the stash (if any).
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the zero-copy enabled XDP Tx ring is torn down, due to
configuration changes, outstanding frames on the hardware descriptor
ring are queued on the completion ring.
The completion ring has a back-pressure mechanism that will guarantee
that there is sufficient space on the ring.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
msglen parameter seems to be unused in several virtchnl function.
This patch removes it from signatures of those functions.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When isup is false meaning that interface is going to shut down
set new speed to 0 to avoid double 'NIC Link is Down' messages.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Nemov <sergey.nemov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we are trying to change VF settings, it is possible for 2 race
conditions to happen. One, when the VF is created but not yet enabled.
Second, the VF is enabled but the VSI is still not created or not yet
re-created in the VF reset flow.
This patch introduces a helper function to validate that the VF is
enabled and that the VSI is set up. This patch also calls this
function from other functions which could get into these race conditions.
While we are poking around here, remove unnecessary parenthesis that
checkpatch was complaining about.
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order to slightly simplify the code use the variables for pf and hw
that are declared in i40e_set_mac function.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up promiscuous configuration when a VF reset occurs.
Previously the promiscuous mode settings were still there after the VF
driver removal.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This resolves an issue where the VF link state was not being updated
when the PF is down or up, and the VF link state would always show
that it is running.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If SMMU is on, there is more likely that skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[i]
can not send by a single BD. when this happen, the
hns_nic_net_xmit_hw function map the whole data in a frags using
skb_frag_dma_map, but unmap each BD' data individually when tx is
done, which causes problem when SMMU is on.
This patch fixes this problem by ummapping the whole data in a
frags when tx is done.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Yisen Zhuang <yisen.zhuang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no guarantee that the mapping array doesn't cross a page
boundary. Use a second grant copy operation if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checking them before the grant copy means nothing as to the validity of
the incoming request. As we shouldn't make the new data live before
having validated it, introduce a second instance of the mapping array.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both len and off are frontend specified values, so we need to make
sure there's no overflow when adding the two for the bounds check. We
also want to avoid undefined behavior and hence use off to index into
->hash.mapping[] only after bounds checking. This at the same time
allows to take care of not applying off twice for the bounds checking
against vif->num_queues.
It is also insufficient to bounds check copy_op.len, as this is len
truncated to 16 bits.
This is XSA-270 / CVE-2018-15471.
Reported-by: Felix Wilhelm <fwilhelm@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Tested-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [4.7 onwards]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Version bump conflict in batman-adv, take what's in net-next.
iavf conflict, adjustment of netdev_ops in net-next conflicting
with poll controller method removal in net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clear ADDR64 dma bit in DMACFG register in case that HW_DMA_CAP_64B is
not detected on 64bit system.
The issue was observed when bootloader(u-boot) does not check macb
feature at DCFG6 register (DAW64_OFFSET) and enabling 64bit dma support
by default. Then macb driver is reading DMACFG register back and only
adding 64bit dma configuration but not cleaning it out.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clear ADDR64 dma bit in DMACFG register in case that HW_DMA_CAP_64B is
not detected on 64bit system.
The issue was observed when bootloader(u-boot) does not check macb
feature at DCFG6 register (DAW64_OFFSET) and enabling 64bit dma support
by default. Then macb driver is reading DMACFG register back and only
adding 64bit dma configuration but not cleaning it out.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check for pci_is_pcie() is redundant here because all
chip versions >=18 are PCIe only anyway. In addition use
dma_set_mask_and_coherent() instead of separate calls to
pci_set_dma_mask() and pci_set_consistent_dma_mask().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code can be slightly simplified by acking even events we're not
interested in. In addition add a comment making clear that the
read has no functional purpose and is just a PCI commit.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The networking core has a default watchdog timeout of 5s. I see no
need to define an own timeout of 6s which is basically the same.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set uid as part of DCT commands so that the firmware can manage the
DCT object in a secured way.
That will enable using a DCT that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of SRQ commands so that the firmware can manage the
SRQ object in a secured way.
That will enable using an SRQ that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of SQ commands so that the firmware can manage the
SQ object in a secured way.
That will enable using an SQ that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of RQ commands so that the firmware can manage the
RQ object in a secured way.
That will enable using an RQ that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of QP commands so that the firmware can manage the
QP object in a secured way.
That will enable using a QP that was created by verbs application to
be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of CQ commands so that the firmware can manage the CQ
object in a secured way.
The firmware should mark this CQ with the given uid so that it can
be used later on only by objects with the same uid.
Upon DEVX flows that use this CQ (e.g. create QP command), the
pointed CQ must have the same uid as of the issuer uid command.
When a command is issued with uid=0 it means that the issuer of the
command is trusted (i.e. kernel), in that case any pointed object
can be used regardless of its uid.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Until now, the Rx flow hash key was a 5-tuple (IP src, IP dst,
IP nextproto, L4 src port, L4 dst port) fixed value that we
configured at probe.
Add support for configuring this hash key at runtime.
We support all standard header fields configurable through ethtool,
but cannot differentiate between flow types, so the same hash key
is applied regardless of protocol.
We also don't support the discard option.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Radulescu <ruxandra.radulescu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG enabled we get DMA unmapping warning in
various places of the mvneta driver, for example when putting down an
interface while traffic is passing through.
The issue is when using s/w buffer management, the Rx buffers are mapped
using dma_map_page but unmapped with dma_unmap_single. This patch fixes
this by using the right unmapping function.
Fixes: 562e2f467e ("net: mvneta: Improve the buffer allocation method for SWBM")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SPI protocol for the QCA7000 doesn't have any fault detection.
In order to increase the drivers reliability in noisy environments,
we could implement a write verification inspired by the enc28j60.
This should avoid situations were the driver wrongly assumes the
receive interrupt is enabled and miss all incoming packets.
This function is disabled per default and can be controlled via module
parameter wr_verify.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <michael.heimpold@i2se.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Wahren <stefan.wahren@i2se.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit allows each TXQ to be picked in a round-robin fashion by
the PPv2 transmit scheduling mechanism. This is opposed to the default
behaviour that prioritizes the highest numbered queues.
Suggested-by: Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the PPv2 controller has multiple TX queues, we can spread traffic
by assining TX queues to CPUs, allowing to use XPS to balance egress
traffic between CPUs.
Suggested-by : Yan Markman <ymarkman@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes skb_shared area, which will be corrupted
upon reception of 4K jumbo packets.
Originally build_skb usage purpose was to reuse page for skb to eliminate
needs of extra fragments. But that logic does not take into account that
skb_shared_info should be reserved at the end of skb data area.
In case packet data consumes all the page (4K), skb_shinfo location
overflows the page. As a consequence, __build_skb zeroed shinfo data above
the allocated page, corrupting next page.
The issue is rarely seen in real life because jumbo are normally larger
than 4K and that causes another code path to trigger.
But it 100% reproducible with simple scapy packet, like:
sendp(IP(dst="192.168.100.3") / TCP(dport=443) \
/ Raw(RandString(size=(4096-40))), iface="enp1s0")
Fixes: 018423e90b ("net: ethernet: aquantia: Add ring support code")
Reported-by: Friedemann Gerold <f.gerold@b-c-s.de>
Reported-by: Michael Rauch <michael@rauch.be>
Signed-off-by: Friedemann Gerold <f.gerold@b-c-s.de>
Tested-by: Nikita Danilov <nikita.danilov@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
tun uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
nfp uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
bnxt uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
bnx2x uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
mlx5 uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
mlx4 uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
i40evf uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ice uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
igb uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ixgb uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
This also removes a problematic use of disable_irq() in
a context it is forbidden, as explained in commit
af3e0fcf78 ("8139too: Use disable_irq_nosync() in
rtl8139_poll_controller()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
lasts for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
fm10k uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ixgbevf uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As diagnosed by Song Liu, ndo_poll_controller() can
be very dangerous on loaded hosts, since the cpu
calling ndo_poll_controller() might steal all NAPI
contexts (for all RX/TX queues of the NIC). This capture
can last for unlimited amount of time, since one
cpu is generally not able to drain all the queues under load.
ixgbe uses NAPI for TX completions, so we better let core
networking stack call the napi->poll() to avoid the capture.
Reported-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to allow NAPI drivers to no longer provide
ndo_poll_controller() method, as it has been proven problematic.
team driver must not look at its presence, but instead call
netpoll_poll_dev() which factorize the needed actions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Acked-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Up until now, mlxsw tolerated firmware versions that weren't exactly
matching the required version, if the branch number matched. That
allowed the users to test various firmware versions as long as they were
on the right branch.
On the other hand, it made it impossible for mlxsw to put a hard lower
bound on a version that fixes all problems known to date. If a user had
a somewhat older FW version installed, mlxsw would start up just fine,
possibly performing non-optimally as it would use features that trigger
problematic behavior.
Therefore tweak the check to accept any FW version that is:
- on the same branch as the preferred version, and
- the same as or newer than the preferred version.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the handler for LRO setting change, so that a user
can use ethtool command to enable / disable LRO feature.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LRO/RSC in the vSwitch is a feature available in Windows Server 2019
hosts and later. It reduces the per packet processing overhead by
coalescing multiple TCP segments when possible. This patch adds netvsc
driver support for this feature.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In both 802.3z and SGMII modes we need to configure the MAC accordingly
to flip between Fiber and SGMII modes, and we need to read the MAC
status from the SGMII in-band control word.
Fixes: 0e01491de6 ("net: dsa: b53: Add SerDes support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maths went wrong, to get 0x20, we need to do 0x1e + (x) * 2, not 0x18,
fix that offset so we access the correct registers. This would make us
not access the correct SerDes Digital control words, status would be
fine and so we would not be correctly flipping between Fiber and SGMII
modes resulting in incorrect status words being pulled into the SerDes
digital status register.
Fixes: 0e01491de6 ("net: dsa: b53: Add SerDes support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PHYLINK takes care of filing the right information into
state->an_enabled, get rid of the read from the SerDes's BMCR register.
Fixes: 0e01491de6 ("net: dsa: b53: Add SerDes support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes hclge_get_port_type which is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our VF has not implemented the ops for get_port_type. So when we executing
ethtool ethx cmd of VF, hns3_get_link_ksettings will return directly. And
we can not query anything.
To support get_link_ksettings for VF, this patch replaces get_port_type
with get_media_type. If the media type is HNAE3_MEDIA_TYPE_NONE,
hns3_get_link_ksettings will return link information of VF.
Fixes: 12f46bc1d4 ("net: hns3: Refine hns3_get_link_ksettings()")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the ops of get_media_type support for VF.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are already multiple types packets statistics for error packets,
it's unnecessary to print them, which may affect the rx performance if
print too many.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For dma_mapping_error is unlikely happened, this patch adds unlikely for
dma_mapping_error check.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When nic down, it firstly calls netif_tx_stop_all_queues(), then calls
napi_disable(). But napi_disable() will wait current napi_poll finish,
it may call netif_tx_wake_queue(). This patch fixes it by add nic state
checking.
Fixes: 424eb834a9 ("net: hns3: Unified HNS3 {VF|PF} Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few "switch-case" codes missed handle for default case. For
some abnormal case, it should return error code instead of return 0.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prefix of most functions for vf are hclgevf. This patch renames the
function with inconsistent prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two tqp_num variables "hdev->tqp_num" and "kinfo->tqp_num"
used in VF. "hdev->tqp_num" is the total tqp number allocated to the
VF, and "kinfo->tqp_num" indicates the tqp number being used by the
VF. Usually the two variables are equal. But for the case hdev->tqp_num
larger than rss_size_max, and num_tc is 1, "kinfo->tqp_num" will be
less than "hdev->tqp_num".
In original codes, "hdev->tqp_num" is always used to traverse the
tqp array of kinfo. It may cause null pointer error when "hdev->tqp_num"
is larger than "kinfo->tqp_num"
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility Layer) Support")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some prefix of tx/rx statistic names are redundant, this patch modifies
these names.
The new prefix looks like below:
rxq#1_ -> rxq1_
txq#1_ -> txq1_
tx_dropped -> dropped
tx_wake -> wake
tx_busy -> busy
rx_dropped -> dropped
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For desc.data is already point to the address of struct member "data[6]",
it's unnecessary to use '&' to get its address. This patch unifies all
the type convert for dest.data, using "req = (struct name *)dest.data".
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a defect in hclge_ets_validate(). If each member of tc_tsa is
not IEEE_8021QAZ_TSA_ETS, the variable total_ets_bw won't be updated.
In this case, the check for value of total_ets_bw will fail. This patch
fixes it by checking total_ets_bw only after it has been updated.
Fixes: cacde272dd ("net: hns3: Add hclge_dcb module for the support of DCB feature")
Signed-off-by: Jian Shen <shenjian15@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous commit to ravb had the side effect of making the PHY
advertise Pause and Asym Pause, which previously did not happen. By
default, phydev->supported has both forms of pause enabled, but
phydev->advertising does not. The new phy_remove_link_mode() copies
phydev->supported to phydev->advertising after removing the requested
link mode. These Pause configuration bits appears it stops the PHY
from completing Auto-Neg and the link remains down. Be explicit and
remove the Pause and Asym Pause modes, so restoring the old behavior.
Fixes: 41124fa64d ("net: ethernet: Add helper to remove a supported link mode")
Reported-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns that the address of a pointer will always evaluated as true
in a boolean context:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/eq.c:243:11: warning: address of
array 'eq->affinity_mask' will always evaluate to 'true'
[-Wpointer-bool-conversion]
if (!eq->affinity_mask || cpumask_empty(eq->affinity_mask))
~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~
1 warning generated.
Use cpumask_available, introduced in commit f7e30f01a9 ("cpumask: Add
helper cpumask_available()"), which does the proper checking and avoids
this warning.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/86
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, so make sure the implementation in
this driver has returns 'netdev_tx_t' value, and change the function
return type to netdev_tx_t.
Found by coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the configuration of the MDIO clock divider when the Device Tree
contains 'clock-frequency' property (similar to I2C and SPI buses).
Because the hardware may have lost its state during suspend/resume,
re-apply the MDIO clock divider upon resumption.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when a variable is assigned to itself.
drivers/net/usb/lan78xx.c:940:11: warning: explicitly assigning value of
variable of type 'u32' (aka 'unsigned int') to itself [-Wself-assign]
offset = offset;
~~~~~~ ^ ~~~~~~
1 warning generated.
Reorder the if statement to acheive the same result and avoid a self
assignment warning.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/129
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when a variable is assigned to itself.
drivers/net/fddi/skfp/pcmplc.c:1257:6: warning: explicitly assigning
value of variable of type 'int' to itself [-Wself-assign]
phy = phy ; on_off = on_off ;
~~~ ^ ~~~
drivers/net/fddi/skfp/pcmplc.c:1257:21: warning: explicitly assigning
value of variable of type 'int' to itself [-Wself-assign]
phy = phy ; on_off = on_off ;
~~~~~~ ^ ~~~~~~
2 warnings generated.
Turns out this entire function doesn't actually do anything since
SK_UNUSED is just casting the pointer to void. Remove it to silence
this Clang warning.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/128
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when a variable is assigned to itself.
drivers/net/ethernet/brocade/bna/bna_enet.c:1800:9: warning: explicitly
assigning value of variable of type 'int' to itself [-Wself-assign]
for (i = i; i < (bna->ioceth.attr.num_ucmac * 2); i++)
~ ^ ~
drivers/net/ethernet/brocade/bna/bna_enet.c:1835:9: warning: explicitly
assigning value of variable of type 'int' to itself [-Wself-assign]
for (i = i; i < (bna->ioceth.attr.num_mcmac * 2); i++)
~ ^ ~
2 warnings generated.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/110
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clang warns when multiple pairs of parentheses are used for a single
conditional statement.
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:2265:31: warning:
equality comparison with extraneous parentheses [-Wparentheses-equality]
if ((hldev->config.intr_mode ==
VXGE_HW_INTR_MODE_MSIX_ONE_SHOT))
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:2265:31: note: remove
extraneous parentheses around the comparison to silence this warning
if ((hldev->config.intr_mode ==
VXGE_HW_INTR_MODE_MSIX_ONE_SHOT))
~ ^ ~
drivers/net/ethernet/neterion/vxge/vxge-traffic.c:2265:31: note: use '='
to turn this equality comparison into an assignment
if ((hldev->config.intr_mode ==
VXGE_HW_INTR_MODE_MSIX_ONE_SHOT))
^~
=
1 warning generated.
Link: https://github.com/ClangBuiltLinux/linux/issues/124
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When being in state PHY_HALTED we don't have to reschedule the
state machine, phy_start() will start it again.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a couple of issues highlighted by checkpatch.pl:
* Missing a blank line after declarations
* Alignment should match open parenthesis
Signed-off-by: Romain Aviolat <r.aviolat@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a trailing underscore from the multicast/unicast names.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Provide current link status of VF in ndo_get_vf_config
handler.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <Shahed.Shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a workaround for FW bug -
MFW generates bandwidth attention in single function mode, which
is only expected to be generated in multi function mode.
This undesired attention in SF mode results in incorrect HW
configuration and resulting into Tx timeout.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <Shahed.Shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for `ndo_set_vf_spoofchk' to allow PF control over
its VF spoof-checking configuration.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When extracting frames from the Ocelot switch, the frame check sequence
(FCS) is present at the end of the data extracted. The FCS was put into
the sk buffer which introduced some issues (as length related ones), as
the FCS shouldn't be part of an Rx sk buffer.
This patch fixes the Ocelot switch extraction behaviour by discarding
the FCS.
Fixes: a556c76adc ("net: mscc: Add initial Ocelot switch support")
Signed-off-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kfree_skb has taken the null pointer into account. hence it is safe
to remove the redundant null pointer check before kfree_skb.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kfree_skb has taken the null pointer into account. hence it is safe
to remove the redundant null pointer check before kfree_skb.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kfree_skb has taken the null pointer into account. hence it is safe
to remove the redundant null pointer check before kfree_skb.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The continue will not truely skip any code. hence it is safe to
remove it.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The continue will not truely skip any code. hence it is safe to
remove it.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
debugfs_remove_recursive has taken IS_ERR_OR_NULL into account. So just
remove the condition check before debugfs_remove_recursive.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
Replace calls to kmalloc followed by a memcpy with a direct call to
kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@datenfreihafen.org>
It was reported that chip version 33 (RTL8168E) ends up with
10MBit/Half on a 1GBit link after resuming from S3 (with different
link partners). For whatever reason the PHY on this chip doesn't
properly start a renegotiation when soft-reset.
Explicitly requesting a renegotiation fixes this.
Fixes: a2965f12fd ("r8169: remove rtl8169_set_speed_xmii")
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Tested-by: Neil MacLeod <neil@nmacleod.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnxt offload code currently supports only 'push' and 'pop' operation: let
.ndo_setup_tc() return -EOPNOTSUPP if VLAN 'modify' action is configured.
Fixes: 2ae7408fed ("bnxt_en: bnxt: add TC flower filter offload support")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header ocelot_dev_gmii.h is unused since the inclusion of the driver.
It is unused, lets just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Corentin Labbe <clabbe@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC-aware mode was introduced to mlxsw in commit 7b81953066 ("mlxsw: spectrum:
Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw ports") and fixed up later in commit
3a3539cd36 ("mlxsw: spectrum_buffers: Set up a dedicated pool for BUM
traffic"). As the final piece of puzzle, a firmware issue whereby a wrong
priority was assigned to BUM traffic was corrected in FW version 13.1703.4.
Therefore require this FW version in the driver.
Fixes: 7b81953066 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Configure MC-aware mode on mlxsw ports")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBMM register configures shared buffer allocation and settings for
MC packets according to switch priority. The recommended values are no
reserved buffer and alpha of 1/4, which corresponds to buf_max of 6.
Update mlxsw_sp_sb_mms accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pool 15 (indexed as 8) is dedicated to MC traffic. Its configuration has
been kept at default, because the table-based configuration wasn't
expressive enough to allow the explicit configuration.
Now that the configuration of pool 15 can be described, do so. The MC
pool should have infinite size, infinite per-TC quota, and per-port
limit of 90K.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some pools configured through the sb_pm entries may have by default
static size. The MC pool is now not explicitly configured, however it
gets configured as static implicitly by 0-initializing sb->prs, and a
follow-up patch adds an explicit configuration to the same effect.
To support this, pass max_buff taken from sb_pm and sb_cm entries
through cell conversion before handing it to mlxsw_sp_sb_pm_write(), if
the pool that the sb_pm entry configures is statically-sized.
To keep current behavior, update mlxsw_sp_sb_cms_egress[] to denote
buffer sizes in bytes (assuming Spectrum 1 cell sizes, which the
original code assumed as well) instead of cells. Note that a follow-up
patch changes this to infinite size.
Also tweak a comment at SBMM configuration to remain true now that
statically-sized pools exist.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBPM register configures the shared buffer allocation and
configuration per port and pool. The min_buff value is the buffer size
dedicated to this single function, and is configured in cells.
Currently, all sb_pm entries have 0 for min_buff, and therefore the
actual unit is immaterial. However, in a follow-up patch we want to add
entries with non-zero minimum.
Therefore pass the min_buff from the sb_pm table through the cell
conversion before handing it over to mlxsw_sp_sb_pm_write().
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SBCM register configures the shared buffer configuration according
to port and TC. So far all pools have had a dynamic size, where the
infinite size is easy to express by using max_buff of 0xff. However the
MC pool should be configured with static size, and the infinite size
thus needs to be set using the field SBCM.infi_max.
Therefore add the field infi_max to the SBCM register and to
mlxsw_reg_sbcm_pack(). Extend mlxsw_sp_sb_cm_write() to handle infinite
sizes as well. Report infinite pool limits as if the limit actually were
the total shared buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MC pool should have an infinite size (i.e. no quota).
To that end, add infi_size to the SBPR register and extend
mlxsw_reg_sbpr_pack(). Also add MLXSW_SP_SB_INFI to denote
buffers that should have an infinite size.
Change mlxsw_sp_sb_pr_write() to take as parameter byte size,
instead of cell size, and add the special handling of infinite
buffers. Report pools with infinite size as if they actually
take the full shared buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Entities of infinite size will be reported as if they had the maximum
size allowed by the chip. To that end, keep track of maximum shared
buffer size in mlxsw_sp->sb.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code assumes that ingress and egress has the same number of
traffic classes. Since the introduction of MC-aware mode that assumption
hasn't held anymore, and there have been 16 TCs on the egress as opposed
to 8 on ingress.
Break the assumption of symmetry by splitting the artifacts related to
shared-buffer TC counting to ingress and egress parts.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mlxsw assumes that each ingress pool has its egress
counterpart, and that pool index for purposes of caching matches the
index with which the hardware should be configured. As we want to expose
the MC pool, both of these assumptions break.
Instead, maintain the pool index as long as possible. Unify ingress and
egress caches and use the pool index as cache index as well. Only
translate to FW pool numbering when actually packing the registers. This
simplifies things considerably, as the pool index is the only quantity
necessary to uniquely identify a pool, and the pool/direction split is
not necessary until firmware is talked to.
To support the mapping between pool indices and pool numbers and
directions, which is not neatly mathematical anymore, introduce a pool
descriptor table, indexed by pool index, to facilitate the translation.
Include the MC pool in the descriptor table as well, so that it can be
referenced from mlxsw_sp_sb_cms_egress.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With introduction of MC-aware mode to mlxsw, it became necessary to
configure TCs above 7 as well. There is now code in mlxsw to disable ETS
for these higher classes, but disablement of max shaper was neglected.
By default, max shaper is currently disabled to begin with, so the
problem is just cosmetic. However, for symmetry, do like we do for ETS
configuration, and call mlxsw_sp_port_ets_maxrate_set() for both TC i
and i + 8.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/wireless/quantenna/qtnfmac/cfg80211.c: In function 'qtnf_dump_survey':
drivers/net/wireless/quantenna/qtnfmac/cfg80211.c:694:19: warning:
variable 'vif' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The ucode chunk might be relatively large and the allocation with
kmalloc() may fail occasionally. Since the data isn't DMA-transferred
but by manual loops, we can use vmalloc instead of kmalloc.
For a better performance, though, kvmalloc() would be the best choice
in such a case, so let's replace with it.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1103431
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio.c: In function 'brcmf_sdio_rxglom':
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio.c:1466:11: warning:
variable 'sfdoff' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio.c: In function 'brcmf_sdio_bus_preinit':
drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/sdio.c:3408:7: warning:
variable 'pad_size' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
debugfs_remove_recursive has taken IS_ERR_OR_NULL into account. So just
remove the condition check before debugfs_remove_recursive.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When obtaining the firmware capability a buffer is provided of 512
bytes. However, if all features in firmware are supported the buffer
needs to be 565 bytes as otherwise truncated information is retrieved
from firmware. Increasing the buffer to 768 bytes on stack.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In commit 66cffd6daa ("b43: fix transmit failure when VT is switched"),
a condition is noted where the network controller needs to be reset. Note
that this situation happens when running the open-source firmware
(http://netweb.ing.unibs.it/~openfwwf/), plus a number of other special
conditions.
for a different card model, it is reported that this change breaks
operation running the proprietary firmware
(https://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=153504546924558&w=2). Rather
than reverting the previous patch, the code is tweaked to avoid the
reset unless the open-source firmware is being used.
Fixes: 66cffd6daa ("b43: fix transmit failure when VT is switched")
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.18+
Cc: Taketo Kabe <kabe@sra-tohoku.co.jp>
Reported-and-tested-by: D. Prabhu <d.praabhu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to configure the DORQ to use vlan-id/priority for
roce EDPM.
Fixes: cac6f691 ("qed: Add support for Unified Fabric Port")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain multi-function switch dependent modes, firmware adds vlan tag 0
to the untagged frames. This leads to double tagging for the traffic
if the dcbx is enabled, which is not the desired behavior. To avoid this,
driver needs to set "dcb_dont_add_vlan0" flag.
Fixes: cac6f691 ("qed: Add support for Unified Fabric Port")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi-function mode, driver receives the stag value (outer vlan)
for a PF from management FW (MFW). If the stag value is negotiated prior to
the driver load, then the stag is not notified to the driver and hence
driver will have the invalid stag value.
The fix is to request the MFW for STAG value during the driver load time.
Fixes: cac6f691 ("qed: Add support for Unified Fabric Port")
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomer Tayar <Tomer.Tayar@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.c: In function 'atl1_set_link_ksettings':
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.c:3280:6: warning:
variable 'advertising' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c: In function 'e1000_watchdog':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:2436:9: warning:
variable 'txb2b' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The local variable 'index_specified' is never used after being assigned.
hence it should be redundant adn can be removed.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP supports fairly enormous ring sizes (up to 256k descriptors).
In commit 4662717038 ("nfp: use kvcalloc() to allocate SW buffer
descriptor arrays") we have started using kvcalloc() functions to
make sure the allocation of software state arrays doesn't hit
the MAX_ORDER limit. Unfortunately, we can't use virtual mappings
for the DMA region holding HW descriptors. In case this allocation
fails instead of the generic (and fairly scary) warning/splat in
the logs print a helpful message explaining what happened and
suggesting how to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Setting register 0x82 to value 01 is done a few lines before for all
chip versions <= 06 anyway. And setting PHY register 0x0b to value 00
is done at the end of rtl8169s_hw_phy_config() already. So we can
remove this.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PCI_LATENCY_TIMER is ignored on PCIe, therefore we have to do this
for the PCI chips (version <= 06) only. Also we can move setting
PCI_CACHE_LINE_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That local variable are never used after being assigned.
hence it should be redundant and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The local variable 'k' is never used after being assigned.
hence it should be redundant adn can be removed.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
